Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Tetra Tech

Tetra Tech

ttek · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ttek
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Tetra Tech
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Leading with Science ®

2 0 2 1   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Dear Shareholders,

We had an exceptionally strong fiscal year 2021, resulting 
in new record highs across all our major financial metrics: 
revenue, net revenue, operating income, earnings per share 
(EPS), cash flow and backlog. Our projects generated revenue 
of $3.21 billion and operating income of $279 million, resulting in an 
EPS of $4.26, up 35 percent from last year. We also generated $304 
million in operating cash flow, or $5.57 of cash per share. We returned 
more than $100 million to shareholders through a combination of 
dividends and share repurchases while reducing our net debt leverage ratio to 0.2x. Tetra Tech 
ended the year with an all-time high backlog of $3.5 billion, up 7 percent from last year. The strong 
performance of our global operations is a result of our Leading with Science® approach to water 
and environmental priorities; and the capabilities of our 21,000 associates, who are technically 
differentiated, highly client focused, and fiscally disciplined. 

We have never been in better alignment with our clients’ priorities than today. 
In the markets we serve around the world, the priorities of water, environment, sustainable 
infrastructure, and renewable energy are creating new projects and additional funding 
commitments. Climate change programs across all our end markets are driving new near-term 
investments in resiliency. Governments and commercial clients worldwide also are making long-
term commitments to reduce carbon emissions. The unprecedented impacts of extreme weather 
and drought have also resulted in increased demand for our high-end disaster recovery, planning, 
and adaptation services.

Tetra Tech continued to advance our industry-leading position with the addition of 
five high-end consulting and technology firms. We expanded our digital water practice 
with the addition of IBRA-RMAC, LLC, and Enterprise Automation Inc., significantly enhancing our 
system integration and automation capabilities. Coanda Research & Development Corporation 
joined us, adding high-end expertise in computational fluid dynamics, predictive modeling, and 
an in-house research facility. We expanded our management consulting in health, education, and 
sustainability economics with the addition of Kaizen, Inc. Toward the end of the year, Hoare Lea, 
an industry leader in sustainable design, joined Tetra Tech’s global high-performance buildings 
practice, adding more than 900 United Kingdom (U.K.)-based staff who provide state-of-the-art 
net zero carbon design and digital engineering.

In 2021, we worked on projects for 20,000 clients in more 

than 100 countries. We continued to increase our 

contract capacity with the U.S., U.K., and Australian 

federal governments, with $5 billion in awards 

including contracts with key agencies that lead 
essential climate resilience, biodiversity, 

sustainable energy, and high-efficiency 
building programs. We were awarded 

more than $50 million in new 

programs for the investigation  
and treatment of emerging 

6
2
.
4
$

6
1
.
3
$

4
8
.
2
$

2
4
.
2
$

$

EPS

4
0
3
$

2
6
2
$

9
0
2
$

6
8
1
$

$M

Cash from
Operations

0
8
4
,
3
$

9
3
2
,
3
$

2
9
0
,
3
$

Backlog

4
6
6
,
2
$

$M

 
contaminants, such as PFAS. For our commercial clients, we added high-end, net-zero sustainable building design programs for some 
of the most innovative facilities in the world. We expanded our renewable energy consulting and engineering service agreements for 
major utilities and energy developers across North America, who are rapidly adding new clean energy sources and the resilient power 
distribution grids to support them. In the United States, our state and local work grew at a rapid pace, with an increase in revenues of 
more than 20 percent compared to last year, as we grew our essential watershed management, water supply, water treatment, water 
reclamation, and disaster response and recovery services for the more than 500 communities we support. 

Through the projects Tetra Tech performed in the past year, we improved the environmental, social, and governance 
(ESG) aspects of peoples’ lives in the communities we serve. In 2021 we supported programs that captured and recovered 
water supplies by designing the first-of-its kind treatment facility for the largest ion exchange plant treating PFAS in the United States. 
We worked with the U.S. Agency for International Development to reduce plastics directly at their source and mitigate impacts on the 
world’s oceans by eliminating 250,000 metric tons of waste and recyclables, improving the lives of 1 million individuals in Southeast 
Asia alone. Tetra Tech also supported major ports, such as the Ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach to reduce emissions from trucks, 
resulting in a total reduction of 2.3 million metric tons of CO2e. In Colombia our governance support for land rights programs has 
provided legal land titles to 20,000 disadvantaged and under-represented rural landowners, including 10,000 women landowners.

We leveraged our proprietary technologies and solutions, referred to collectively as the Tetra Tech Delta, to deliver 
high-end solutions across our 70,000 projects and set new industry standards for analytics and operational 
optimization for our clients. Our tools can visualize outcomes, forecast impacts of climate change, and optimize resilient  
solutions for our clients’ water and environment programs. By leveraging our technologies, we identify solutions embedded in massive 
data sets, generate real-time data-driven dashboards, and increase the efficiency and productivity of each of our associates. To 
facilitate healthy building design, our Tetra Tech acoustics and software engineers developed AiHear®, an iOS application that can 
predict and simulate how a space will sound, enabling users to preview virtually the acoustics resulting from various ceilings, walls, 
interior treatments, or building facades. To increase the safety and sustainability of rail infrastructure, our RailAI® system provides our 
clients with ultra-high speed data collection and interpretive analysis that will transform the rail industry’s ability to assess, manage, 
and optimize track condition.  

To further advance our Leading with Science® strategy, I have set out ambitious goals for Tetra Tech.  We will:   

•  Continue to invest in the Tetra Tech Delta—the technologies that differentiate us, make us more competitive, and provide the most 

advanced solutions for our clients

•  Add new acquisitions to our team that bring high-end technologies and expand our world-leading expertise in water, environment, 

sustainable infrastructure, and renewable energy

•  Partner with our clients to develop first-of-a-kind solutions to address climate change and associated impacts to water and the 

environment

•  Expand Tetra Tech’s extraordinarily talented and diverse team through our commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion, 

• 

embracing the breadth of our culture of technical excellence, innovation, and entrepreneurship
Improve the lives of 1 billion people by 2030 through our projects that provide sustainable water supplies, restore the environment, 
increase sources of renewable energy, and reduce carbon emissions

As we enter fiscal year 2022, I am optimistic about our future. We are proud to have a significant positive impact on the world through 
our projects while providing extraordinary value to our shareholders. On behalf of our 21,000 associates worldwide, I thank our 
shareholders for your confidence and support of Tetra Tech.  

Sincerely,

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

[This page intentionally left blank] 

 UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________________________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended October 3, 2021    

For the Transition Period from                          to   

Commission File Number 0-19655  

____________________________________________________________________________

TETRA TECH, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

95-4148514

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3475 East Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107  
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(626) 351-4664 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

TTEK

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None 
________________________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant has  submitted electronically and posted on  its corporate Website,  if  any, every  Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, 
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company," and "emerging 
growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   Large accelerated filer ☒    Accelerated filer ☐    Non-accelerated filer ☐    Smaller reporting 
company ☐     Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control  over  financial reporting  under  Section 404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15  U.S.C. 7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting firm  that 
prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates on March 28, 2021, was $7.1 billion (based upon the closing price 
of a share of registrant's common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market on that date).

On November 12, 2021, 53,885,546 shares of the registrant's common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for its  2022 Annual  Meeting of Stockholders  are incorporated  by  reference  in  Part III  of  this  report  where 
indicated.

Item 1

Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4

Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B

Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14

Item 15

Item 16

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I

Business
General
Leading with Science
Reportable Segments
Government Services Group
Commercial/International Services Group
Remediation and Construction Management
Project Examples
Fiscal 2022 Reportable Segments
Clients
Contracts
Growth Strategy
Sustainability Program
Acquisitions and Divestitures
Competition
Backlog
Regulations
Seasonality
Potential Liability and Insurance
Human Capital Management
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Available Information
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Index to Exhibits
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures

2 

Page

3
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
12
14
18
18
32
33
33
33

34
35
36
53
54
94
94
94

94
95
95
95
95

95
97
99
99

This  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  ("Report"),  including  the  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations," contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that 
are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934  (the  "Exchange  Act").  All  statements  other  than  statements  of  historical  facts  are  statements  that  could  be  deemed 
forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the 
industries  in  which  we  operate  and  the  beliefs  and assumptions  of our  management.  Words  such  as  "expects,"  "anticipates," 
"targets," "goals," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "estimates," "seeks," "continues," "may," variations of such words, 
and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  In  addition,  statements  that  refer  to 
projections  of  our  future  financial  performance,  our  anticipated  growth  and  trends  in  our  businesses,  and  other 
characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-
looking  statements  are  only  predictions  and  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  that  are  difficult  to  predict, 
including those identified below under "Risk Factors," and elsewhere herein. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and 
adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any 
forward-looking statements for any reason.

PART I 

Item 1.    Business 

General 

Tetra  Tech, Inc.  ("Tetra  Tech")  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  that 
focuses  on  water,  environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable  energy,  and  international  development. We  are  a  global 
company that is Leading with Science® to provide innovative solutions for our public and private clients. We typically begin at 
the earliest stage of a project by identifying technical solutions and developing execution plans tailored to our clients' needs and 
resources.  

Tetra Tech is Leading with Science® to provide sustainable and resilient solutions to our clients' most complex needs. 
Engineering  News-Record  ("ENR"),  the  engineering  industry's  leading  magazine,  has  ranked  Tetra  Tech  #1  in  Water  for 
18 years in a row. In 2021, we were also ranked #1 in environmental management, hydro plants, water treatment/desalination, 
water treatment/supply, and wind power. ENR also ranked Tetra Tech in the top 10 in numerous categories, including dams and 
reservoirs,  solid  waste,  environmental  science,  chemical  and  soil  remediation,  green  building  design,  hazardous  waste,  solar 
power, and site assessment and compliance.

Our  reputation  for  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  and  our  ability  to  develop  solutions  for  water  and 
environmental management has supported our growth for more than 50 years. Today, we are proud to be making a difference in 
people’s  lives  worldwide  through  our  high-end  consulting, engineering,  and  technology  service  offerings.  In  fiscal  2021,  we 
worked on over 70,000 projects, in more than 100 countries on seven continents, with a talent force of 21,000 associates. We 
are  Leading  with  Science®  throughout  our  operations,  with  domain  experts  across  multiple  disciplines  supported  by  our 
advanced  analytics,  artificial  intelligence  ("AI"),  machine  learning,  and  digital  technology  solutions.  Our  ability  to  provide 
innovation and first-of-kind solutions is enhanced by partnerships with our forward-thinking clients. We are diverse, equitable, 
and inclusive, embracing the breadth of experience across our talented workforce worldwide with a culture of innovation and 
entrepreneurship. We are disciplined in our business, and focused on delivering value to customers and high performance for 
our shareholders. In supporting our clients, we seek to add value and provide long-term sustainable consulting, engineering and 
technology solutions.  

By  combining  ingenuity  and  practical  experience,  we  have  helped  to  advance  sustainability  by  managing  water, 
protecting the environment, providing renewable energy, and engineering green solutions for our cities and communities. Our 
mission is to be the world's leading consulting and engineering firm solving global challenges in water and the environment that 
make a positive difference in people's lives worldwide.  

The following core principles form the underpinning of how we work together to serve our clients: 

•

•

•

•

Service.  We put our clients first. We listen closely to better understand our clients' needs and deliver smart, cost-
effective solutions that meet their needs. 

Value.  We solve our clients' problems as if they were our own. We develop and implement sustainable solutions 
that are innovative, efficient and practical. 

Excellence.  We bring superior technical capability, disciplined project management, and excellence in safety and 
quality to all of our services. 

Opportunity.  Our  people  are  our  number  one  asset.  Opportunity  means  new  technical  challenges  that  provide 
advancement within our company, encourage an inclusive and diverse workforce, and ensure a safe workplace. 

3 

We have a strong project management culture that enables us to deliver on more than 70,000 projects in a fiscal year. 
We maintain a strong emphasis on project management at all levels of the organization. Our client-focused project management 
is  supported  by  strong  fiscal  management  and  financial  tools.  We  use  a  disciplined  approach  to  monitoring,  managing,  and 
improving our return on investment in each of our business areas through our efforts to negotiate appropriate contract terms, 
manage  our  contract  performance  to  minimize  schedule  delays  and  cost  overruns,  and  promptly  bill  and  collect  accounts 
receivable.

We have built a broad client and contract base by proactively understanding our clients' priorities and demonstrating a 
long track record of successful performance that results in repeat business and limits competition. We believe that proximity to 
our clients is also instrumental to integrating global experience and resources with an understanding of our local clients' needs. 
Over the past year, we worked in more than 100 countries, helping our clients address complex water, environment, renewable 
energy, and related sustainable infrastructure needs.

Throughout our history, we have supported both public and private clients, many for multiple decades of continuous 
contracts  and  repeat  business.  Long-term  relationships  provide  us  with  institutional  knowledge  of  our  clients'  programs,  past 
projects  and  internal  resources.  Institutional  knowledge  is  often  a  significant  factor  in  winning  competitive  proposals  and 
providing cost-effective solutions tailored to our clients' needs.

We are often at the leading edge of new challenges where we are delivering one-of-a-kind solutions. These might be a 
new  water  treatment  technology,  a  unique  solution  to  addressing  new  regulatory  requirements,  a  new  system  for  automated 
assessment of infrastructure assets or a digital twin for real time management of water treatment systems.

We  combine  interdisciplinary  capabilities,  technical  resources,  and  institutional  knowledge  to  implement  complex 

projects that are at the leading edge of policy and technology development. 

Leading with Science®

At Tetra Tech, we provide value-generating solutions by combining operational expertise, science, and technology. By 
Leading with Science® and leveraging our collective technology including advanced data analytics and digital technologies, we 
create transformational solutions for our clients.

Tetra Tech's proprietary technologies and solutions, referred to collectively as the Tetra Tech Delta, differentiate us in 
the  market  and  provide  us  with  a  competitive  advantage.  We  create  customized  solutions;  from  smart  data  collection  and 
advanced  analytics  that  support  decision  making  to  AI  enabled  solutions  for  asset  management.  Our  Tetra  Tech  Delta 
technologies  are  drawn  from  our  decades  of  operational  experience  and  a  reservoir  of  technical  applications  that  are  shared 
throughout  our  company.  Our  high-end  teams  connect  interdisciplinary  experts  from  across  our  company's  21,000  staff 
worldwide.  Tetra  Tech  mobilizes  teams  that  include  analysts,  statisticians,  digital  engineers,  and  industry  experts  who 
effectively implement value-generating and pragmatic solutions for our clients.

These advanced analytical solutions enable us to provide clients with real-time reporting, automated and remote data 
collection,  and  dashboards  for  tracking  and  communicating  results.  Tetra  Tech  Delta  is  continually  expanding  and  includes 
cutting-edge tools on interpretive analysis, modeling of physical systems, forecasting and scenario analysis, optimization and 
operations research.    

In  implementing  our  Leading  with  Science®  approach,  we  work  with  our  clients  to  explore,  incubate,  and  test 
solutions in our Tetra Tech Innovation Hubs ("Tt I-Hub"). Tt I-Hub provides a collaborative platform for exploration, testing, 
and formulation of new solutions in partnership with clients, academia and donor agencies.  

Leading  with  Science®  also  means  fully  leveraging  the  collective  expertise  provided  by  our  global  talent  force  of 
21,000  associates.  We  actively  share  information,  ideas,  and  resources  across  our  global  operations  through  our  network 
structure,  guided  subject  matter  teams,  and  project  team  building.  Our  annual  Tech  1000  event  engages  Tetra  Tech  experts 
world-wide to solve client challenges and identify the best ideas for further development. We also proactively share emerging 
technology  and new  ideas  through  our  knowledge  transfer system, Tetra Tech Technology Transfer ("T4"). T4 facilitates  our 
innovation culture through webcasts, blogs, multi-media, and social media across our global operations. 

Reportable Segments  

In fiscal 2021, we managed our operations under two reportable segments. Our Government Services Group ("GSG") 
reportable  segment primarily includes activities with U.S.  government clients (federal,  state and local)  and  all activities with 
development  agencies  worldwide.  Our  Commercial/International  Services  Group  ("CIG")  reportable  segment  primarily 
includes  activities  with  U.S.  commercial  clients  and  international  clients  other  than  development  agencies.  These  reportable 
segments allow us to capitalize on our growing market opportunities and enhance the development of high-end consulting and 
technical solutions to meet our growing client demand. We continued to report the historical results of the wind-down of our 
non-core  construction  activities  in  the  Remediation  and  Construction  Management  ("RCM")  reportable  segment.  There  has 

4 

been  no  remaining  backlog  for  RCM  since  fiscal  2018  as  the  projects  were  complete.  The  following  table  presents  the 
percentage of our revenue by reportable segment: 

Reportable Segment
GSG
CIG
Inter-segment elimination

2021

60.5%
41.2
(1.7)
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2020

59.4%
42.3
(1.7)
100.0%

2019

58.6%
43.1
(1.7)
100.0%

For additional information regarding our reportable  segments, see Note  18, "Reportable Segments"  of the "Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in  Item 8.  For  more  information  on  risks  related  to  our  business,  reportable 
segments and geographic regions, including risks related to foreign operations, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this report.  

Government Services Group 

GSG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and 
development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with  services  in  water, 
environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  information  technology,  and  disaster  management.  GSG  also  provides  engineering 
design  services  for  U.S.  municipal  and  commercial  clients,  especially  in  water  infrastructure,  solid  waste,  and  high-end 
sustainable infrastructure designs. GSG  also leads our support  for development agencies worldwide, especially in the United 
States, United Kingdom, and Australia.  

GSG provides consulting and engineering services for a broad range of water, environment, and infrastructure-related 
needs  primarily  for  U.S.  government  clients.  The  primary  GSG  markets  include  water  resources  analysis  and  water 
management, environmental monitoring, data analytics, government consulting, waste management, and a broad range of civil 
infrastructure  master  planning  and  engineering  design  for  facilities,  transportation,  and  local  development  projects.  GSG's 
services  span  from  early  data  collection  and  monitoring,  to  data  analysis  and  information  management,  to  science  and 
engineering applied research, to engineering design, to project management, and operations and maintenance. 

GSG  provides  our  clients  with  sustainable  solutions  that  optimize  their  water  management  and  environmental 
programs  to  address  regulatory  requirements,  improve  operational  efficiencies,  and  manage  assets.  Our  services  advance 
sustainability  and  resiliency  through  the  "greening"  of  infrastructure,  design  of  energy  efficiency  and  resource  conservation 
programs, innovation in the capture and sequestration of carbon, development of disaster preparedness and response plans, and 
improvement  in  water  and  land  resource  management  practices.  We  provide  climate  change  and  energy  management 
consulting,  and  greenhouse  gas  ("GHG")  inventory  assessment,  certification,  reduction,  and  management  services.  GSG  also 
provides planning, architectural, and sustainable engineering services for U.S. federal, state and local government facilities. We 
support  government  agencies  with  related  sustainable  infrastructure  needs,  asset  management  for  military  housing  and 
educational, institutional, and research facilities.  

Many  government  organizations  face  complex  problems  due  to  increased  demand  and  competition  for  water  and 
natural resources, newly understood threats to human health and the environment, aging infrastructure, and demand for new and 
more resilient infrastructure. Our integrated water management services support government agencies responsible for managing 
water  supplies,  wastewater  treatment,  storm  water  management,  and  flood  protection.  We  help  our  clients  develop  more 
resilient  water  supplies  and  more  sustainable  management  of  water  resources,  while  addressing  a  wide  range  of  local  and 
national  government  requirements  and  policies.  Fluctuations  in  weather  patterns  and  extreme  events,  such  as  prolonged 
droughts and more frequent flooding, are increasing concerns over the reliability of water supplies, the need to protect coastal 
areas, and flood mitigation and adaptation in metropolitan areas. We provide smart water infrastructure solutions that integrate 
water modeling, instrumentation and controls, and real-time controls to create flexible water systems that respond to changing 
conditions, optimize use of existing infrastructure, and provide clients with the ability to more efficiently monitor and manage 
their  water  infrastructure.  We  provide  operational  technology  for  secure  management  of  water  treatment  and  wastewater 
systems, including cybersecurity assessments and digital twin solutions. 

We  also  support  government  agencies  in  the  full  range  of  disaster  response  and  community  resilience  services 
including  monitoring  and  environmental  response,  damage  assessment  and  program  management  services,  and  resilient 
engineering design and mitigation planning. We have a full suite of proprietary software tools and procedures that support our 
disaster  response,  planning,  and  management  support  services. These  tools  and procedures  address  disaster  management  and 
community  resilience  data  management  needs,  including  information  technology  systems,  portals,  dashboards,  data 
management, data analytics, and statistical analysis. 

GSG  provides  a  wide  range  of  consulting  and  engineering  services  for  solid  waste  management,  including  landfill 
design and management and recycling facility design, throughout the United States; providing design, project management, and 

5 

maintenance  services  to  manage  solid  and  hazardous  waste,  for  environmental,  wastewater,  energy,  containment,  mining, 
utilities,  aquaculture,  and  other  industrial  clients;  as  well  as  innovative  renewable  energy  projects  such  as  solar  energy-
generating landfill caps; and providing full-service solutions for gas-to-energy facilities to efficiently use landfill methane gas. 

We provide high-end advanced analytics and information technology ("IT") consulting and support to various federal 
clients including AI applications, machine learning, modernization of IT systems, and cloud migration. We design solutions to 
manage and analyze data for major federal agency programs including data related to health, security, environment, and water 
programs. We use our Tt I-Hub to demonstrate and test technology solutions to facilitate rapid deployment by our clients. We 
provide  technical  support  for the  Federal Aviation Administration  ("FAA")  to  optimize  the  U.S.  airspace  system  and support 
related  aviation  systems  integration  for  the  U.S.  and  other countries'  metropolitan  airports.  We  provide  specialized  modeling 
and  data  analytics  for  airspace  acoustic  analysis.  Our  aviation  airspace  services  include  data  management,  data  processing, 
communications and outreach, and systems development; and providing systems analysis and information management.   

We  support  governments  in  implementing  international  development  programs  for  developing  nations  to  help  them 
address numerous challenges, including access to potable water and adapting to the threats of climate change. Our international 
development  services  include  supporting  donor  agencies  to  develop  safe  and  reliable  water  supplies  and  sanitation  services, 
support  the  eradication  of  poverty,  improve  livelihoods,  promote  democracy  and  increase  economic  growth;  planning, 
designing,  implementing,  researching,  and  monitoring  projects  in  the  areas  of  climate  change,  agriculture  and  rural 
development,  governance  and  institutional  development,  natural  resources  and  the  environment,  infrastructure,  economic 
growth, energy, rule of law and justice systems, land tenure and property rights, and training and consulting for public-private 
partnerships; and building capacity and strengthening institutions in areas such as global health, energy  sector reform, utility 
management, education, food security, and local governance.  

Commercial/International Services Group 

CIG primarily provides consulting and engineering services to U.S. commercial clients, and international clients that 
include both commercial and government sectors. CIG supports commercial clients across the Fortune 500, renewable energy, 
industrial,  manufacturing,  and  aerospace  markets.  CIG  also  provides  sustainable  infrastructure  and  related  environmental, 
engineering  and  project  management  services  to  commercial  and  local  government  clients  across  Canada,  in  Asia  Pacific 
(primarily Australia and New Zealand), the United Kingdom, as well as Brazil and Chile. 

CIG provides consulting and engineering services worldwide for a broad range of water, environment, and sustainable 
infrastructure-related needs in both developed and emerging economies. The primary markets for CIG's services include natural 
resources,  energy,  and  utilities,  as  well  as  sustainable  infrastructure  master  planning  and  engineering  design  for  facilities, 
transportation, and local development projects. CIG's services span from early data collection and monitoring to data analysis 
and information management, to feasibility studies and assessments, to science and engineering applied research, to engineering 
design, to project management, and operations and maintenance.  

CIG's  environmental  services  include  cleanup  and  beneficial  reuse  of  sites  contaminated  with  hazardous  materials, 
toxic chemicals, and oil and petroleum products, which cover all phases of the remedial planning process, starting with disaster 
response  and  initial  site  assessment  through  removal  actions,  remedial  design  and  implementation  oversight;  and  supporting 
both commercial and government clients in planning and implementing remedial activities at numerous sites around the world, 
and providing a broad range of environmental analysis and planning services. 

CIG also supports U.S. commercial clients by providing design services to renovate, upgrade, and modernize industrial 
water supplies, and address industrial water treatment and water reuse needs; and provides plant engineering, project execution, 
and program management services for industrial water treatment projects throughout the world. 

CIG  provides planning, architectural and sustainable engineering services for commercial  and government facilities. 
We  provide high-end design of sustainable energy, water, and GHG efficient solutions including civil, electrical, mechanical, 
structural, and hydraulic engineering for buildings and surrounding developments. We provide high-end services in addressing 
indoor health and associated assessment, consulting, and retrofits of buildings to address indoor air quality and safety. We also 
provide engineering services for a wide range of clients with specialized needs, such as data centers, security systems, training 
and audiovisual facilities, clean rooms, laboratories, medical facilities, and disaster preparedness facilities. 

CIG's  international  services,  especially  in  Canada  and  Asia-Pacific,  include  high-end  analytical,  engineering, 
architecture, geotechnical, and project management services for infrastructure projects, including rail and roadway monitoring 
and asset management services, collection of condition data, optimization of upgrades and long-term planning for expansion; 
multi-modal  design  services  for  commuter  railway  stations,  airport  expansions,  bridges  and  major  highways,  and  ports  and 
harbors; and designing resilient solutions to repair, replace, and upgrade older transportation infrastructure. 

CIG  provides  infrastructure  design  services  in  extreme  and  remote  areas  by  using  specialized  techniques  that  are 
adapted to local resources, while minimizing environmental impacts, and considering potential climate change impacts. These 

6 

include  providing  consulting,  geotechnical,  and  design  services  to  owners  of  transportation,  natural  resources,  energy  and 
community infrastructure in areas of permafrost or extreme climate regions. 

CIG's energy services include support for electric power utilities and independent power producers worldwide, ranging 
from  macro-level  planning  and  management  advisory  services  to  project-specific  environmental,  engineering,  project 
management, and operational services, and advising on the design and implementation of smart grids, both domestically  and 
internationally,  including  increasing  utility  automation,  information  and  operational  technologies,  and  critical  infrastructure 
security.  For  utilities  and  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  our  services  include  policy  and  regulatory  development,  utility 
management,  performance  improvement,  asset  management  and  evaluation,  and  transaction  support  services.  For  developers 
and owners of renewable energy resources such as solar grid and off-grid, on-shore and off-shore wind, biogas and biomass, 
tidal, and hydropower, and conventional power generation facilities, micro-grid and battery or alternative storage facilities, as 
well as transmission and distribution assets, our services include environmental,  electrical, mechanical and civil engineering, 
procurement, operations and maintenance, and regulatory support for all project phases. 

CIG  supports  industrial  clients  globally.  Our  services  include  environmental  permitting  support,  siting  studies, 
strategic  planning  and  analyses;  design  of  site  civil  works;  water  management;  biological  and  cultural  assessments,  and  site 
investigations; and hazardous waste site remediation. 

CIG  also provides environmental  remediation and reconstruction services to evaluate and restore  lands to beneficial 
use, remediating, and restoring contaminated facilities at military locations in the U.S. and around the world; managing large, 
complex sediment remediation programs that help restore rivers and coastal waters to beneficial use; constructing state-of-the-
art water treatment plants for U.S. commercial clients; and supporting utilities in the U.S. in implementing infrastructure needs. 

Remediation and Construction Management  

We  continued  to  report  the  results  of  the  wind-down  of  our  non-core  construction  activities  in  the  RCM  reportable 

segment in fiscal 2021. As of October 3, 2021, there was no remaining backlog for RCM as the projects were complete. 

Project Examples  

Project examples are provided on our company website located at tetratech.com, including expert interviews, in-depth 
articles,  and  project  profiles  that  demonstrate  our  services  across  water,  environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable 
energy, and international development. 

Fiscal 2022 Reportable Segments

On the first day of fiscal 2022, we created a new High Performance Buildings division in our CIG reportable segment. 
As a result, we transferred some related operations in our GSG reportable segment with annual revenue of approximately $170 
million  to  our  CIG  reportable  segment.  Beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  our  segment  reporting  will  reflect  this 
transfer and our historical comparisons will be revised to be consistent with the fiscal 2022 presentation. 

Clients  

We provide services to a diverse base of U.S. state and local government, U.S. federal government, U.S. commercial, 

and international clients. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by client sector: 

Client Sector
U.S. state and local government
U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. commercial
International (2)

2021

16.7%
33.6
19.9
29.8
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2020

14.7%
33.2
22.5
29.6
100.0%

2019

18.9%
30.3
23.1
27.7
100.0%

(1)     Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States. 
(2)     Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients.

7 

U.S. federal government agencies are significant clients. The U.S. Agency for International Development ("USAID") 
accounted for 11.7%, 12.2% and 12.4% of our revenue in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Department of Defense 
("DoD") accounted for 11.2%, 9.2% and 7.9% of our revenue in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We typically support 
multiple programs within a single U.S. federal government agency, both domestically and internationally. We also assist U.S. 
state  and  local  government  clients  in  various  jurisdictions  across  the  United  States.  Our  international  clients  are  primarily 
focused  in  Canada,  Australia,  and  the  United  Kingdom  and  consist  of  a  relatively  equal  sized  mix  of  government  and 
commercial  clients.  Our  U.S.  commercial  clients  include  companies  in  the  chemical,  energy,  mining,  pharmaceutical,  retail, 
aerospace, automotive, petroleum, and communications industries. No single client, except for U.S. federal government clients, 
accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in fiscal 2021.

Contracts  

Our services are performed under three principal types of contracts with our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials, 

and cost-plus. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by contract type: 

Contract Type
Fixed-price
Time-and-materials
Cost-plus

2021

37.1%
46.4
16.5
100.0%

Fiscal Year
2020

36.0%
46.5
17.5
100.0%

2019

33.7%
48.6
17.7
100.0%

Under  a  fixed-price  contract,  clients  agree  to  pay  a  specified  price  for  our  performance  of  the  entire  contract  or  a 
specified  portion of  the  contract.  Some  fixed-price  contracts  can  include  date-certain  and/or  performance  obligations.  Fixed-
price contracts carry certain inherent risks, including risks of losses from underestimating costs, delays in project completion, 
problems  with  new  technologies,  price  increases  for  materials,  and  economic  and  other  changes  that  may  occur  over  the 
contract  period.  Consequently,  the  profitability  of  fixed-price  contracts  may  vary  substantially.  Under  time-and-materials 
contracts, we are paid for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and paid for other expenses. Profitability on these contracts is 
driven  by  billable  headcount  and  cost  control.  Many  of  our  time-and-materials  contracts  are  subject  to  maximum  contract 
values and, accordingly, revenue related to these contracts is recognized as if these contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under 
our cost-plus contracts, some of which are subject to a contract ceiling amount, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and fees, 
which may be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable, we may not be able to 
obtain full reimbursement. Further, the amount of the fee received for a cost-plus award fee contract partially depends upon the 
client's discretionary periodic assessment of our performance on that contract. 

Some  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  are  subject  to  annual  funding  approval.  U.S.  federal  government 
agencies may impose spending restrictions that limit the continued funding of our existing contracts and may limit our ability to 
obtain additional contracts. These limitations, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on us. All contracts with the 
U.S. federal government may be terminated by the government at any time, with or without cause. 

U.S.  federal  government  agencies  have  formal  policies  against  continuing  or  awarding  contracts  that  would  create 
actual or potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or 
performing government contracts resulting from or related to certain work we have performed. In addition, services performed 
for a commercial or government sector client may create conflicts of interest that preclude or limit our ability to obtain work for 
a private organization. We attempt to identify actual or potential conflicts of interest and to minimize the possibility that such 
conflicts  could  affect our  work  under  current  contracts  or our  ability  to  compete  for  future  contracts. We  have,  on  occasion, 
declined to bid on a project because of an existing or potential conflict of interest. 

Some  of  our  operating  units  have  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  that  are  subject  to  audit  by  the 
government, primarily the Defense Contract Audit Agency ("DCAA"). The DCAA generally seeks to (i) identify and evaluate 
all  activities  that  contribute  to,  or  have  an  impact  on,  proposed  or  incurred  costs  of  government  contracts;  (ii) evaluate  a 
contractor's  policies,  procedures,  controls,  and  performance;  and  (iii) prevent  or  avoid  wasteful,  careless,  and  inefficient 
production  or  service.  To  accomplish  this,  the  DCAA  examines  our  internal  control  systems,  management  policies,  and 
financial capability; evaluates the accuracy, reliability, and reasonableness of our cost representations and records; and assesses 
our compliance  with Cost Accounting Standards ("CAS")  and  defective-pricing clauses found within the  Federal Acquisition 
Regulation ("FAR"). The DCAA also performs an annual review of our overhead rates and assists in the establishment of our 
final rates. This review focuses on the allowability of cost items and the applicability of CAS. The DCAA also audits cost-based 
contracts, including the close-out of those contracts. 

The  DCAA  reviews  all  types  of  U.S.  federal  government  proposals,  including  those  of  award,  administration, 
modification,  and  re-pricing.  The  DCAA  considers  our  cost  accounting  system,  estimating  methods  and  procedures,  and 

8 

specific proposal requirements. Operational audits are also performed by the DCAA. A review of our operations at every major 
organizational level is conducted during the proposal review period. During the course of its audit, the U.S. federal government 
may  disallow  certain  costs  if  it  determines  that  we  accounted  for  such  costs  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  CAS.  Under  a 
government contract, only those costs that are reasonable, allocable, and allowable are recoverable. A disallowance of costs by 
the U.S. federal government could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. 

In accordance with our corporate policies, we maintain controls to minimize any occurrence of fraud or other unlawful 
activities  that  could  result  in  severe  legal  remedies,  including  the  payment  of  damages  and/or  penalties,  criminal  and  civil 
sanctions,  and  debarment.  In  addition,  we  maintain  preventative  audit  programs  and  mitigation  measures  to  ensure  that 
appropriate control systems are in place. 

We provide services under contracts, purchase orders, or retainer letters. Our policy requires that all contracts must be 
in  writing.  We  bill  our  clients  in  accordance  with  the  contract  terms  and  periodically  based  on  costs  incurred,  on  either  an 
hourly-fee basis or on a percentage-of-completion basis, as the project progresses. Most of our agreements permit our clients to 
terminate the agreements without cause upon payment of fees and expenses through the date of the termination. Generally, our 
contracts  do  not  require  that  we  provide  performance  bonds.  If  required,  a  performance  bond,  issued  by  a  surety  company, 
guarantees  a  contractor's  performance  under  the  contract.  If  the  contractor  defaults  under  the  contract,  the  surety  will,  at  its 
discretion, complete the job or pay the client the amount of the bond. If the contractor does not have a performance bond and 
defaults in  the performance of a contract, the  contractor is responsible for all damages resulting from the breach of  contract. 
These damages include the cost of completion, together with possible consequential damages such as lost profits. 

Growth Strategy 

Our  management  team  establishes  Tetra  Tech's  overall  business  strategy.  Our  strategic  plan  defines  and  guides  our 
investment  in  marketing  and  business  development  to  leverage  our  differentiators  and  target  priority  programs  and  growth 
markets. We maintain centralized business development resources to develop our corporate branding and marketing materials, 
support  proposal  preparation  and  planning,  conduct  market  research,  and  manage  promotional  and  professional  activities, 
including appearances at trade shows, advertising, and public relations. 

We  have  established  company-wide  growth  initiatives  that  reinforce  internal  coordination,  track  the  development  of 
new programs, identify and coordinate collective resources for major bids, and help us build interdisciplinary teams and provide 
innovative  solutions  for  major  pursuits.  Our  growth  initiatives  provide  a  forum  for  cross-sector  collaboration,  access  to 
technical  solutions,  and  the  development  of  interdisciplinary  solutions.  We  continuously  identify  new  markets  that  are 
consistent with our strategic plan and service offerings, and we leverage our full-service capabilities and internal coordination 
structure  to  develop  and  implement  strategies  to  research,  anticipate,  and  position  us  for  future  procurements  and  emerging 
programs. Our Tetra Tech Delta program facilitates access and exchange of technology solutions across our company, through 
the use of internal training, inventories, and facilitated virtual networking events. 

Business development activities are implemented by our technical and professional management staff throughout Tetra 
Tech  with  the  support  of  company-wide  resources  and  expertise.  Our  project  managers  and  technical  staff  have  the  best 
understanding  of  our  clients'  needs  and  the  effect  of  client-specific  issues,  local  laws  and  regulations,  and  procurement 
procedures.  Our  professional  staff  members  hold  frequent  meetings  with  existing  and  potential  clients;  give  presentations  to 
civic  and  professional  organizations;  and  present  seminars  on  research  and  technical  applications.  Essential  to  the  effective 
development of business is each staff member's access to all of our service offerings through our internal Tetra Tech Delta and 
geographic  networks.  Our  strong  internal  networking  programs  help  our  professional  staff  members  to  pursue  new 
opportunities  for  both  existing  and  new  clients. These  networks  also  facilitate  our  ability  to  provide  services  throughout  the 
project life cycle from the early studies to operations and maintenance. Networking is further supported by our enterprise-wide 
knowledge management systems which include skills search tools, business development tracking, and collaboration tools. 

To support our growth plans, we actively attract, recruit and retain key hires. Our combination of high-end science and 
consulting  coupled  with  practical  applications  provides  challenging  and  rewarding  opportunities  for  our  associates,  thereby 
enhancing  our  ability  to  recruit  and  retain  top  quality  talent.  Our  internal  networking  programs,  leadership  training, 
entrepreneurial  environment,  focus  on  Leading  with  Science®,  and  global  project  portfolio  help  to  attract  and  retain  highly 
qualified individuals.

Our  strategic  growth  plans  are  augmented  by  our  selective  investment  in  acquisitions  aligned  with  our  business. 
Acquisitions  enhance  plans  to  add  new  technologies,  broaden  our  service  offerings,  add  contract  capacity  and  expand  our 
geographic  presence.  Our  long-established  experience  in  identifying  and  integrating  acquisitions  strengthens  our  ability  to 
integrate and rapidly leverage the resources of the acquired companies post-acquisition. 

Sustainability Program 

Tetra Tech supports clients in more than 100 countries around the world, helping them to solve complex problems and 
achieve  solutions  that  are  technically,  socially,  and  economically  resilient.  Our  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services 

9 

focus on using innovative technologies and creative solutions to minimize environmental impacts and enhance social systems. 
Our greatest contribution toward sustainability is through the projects we perform every day for our clients, including recycling 
freshwater supplies, recycling waste products, and reducing greenhouse gas emissions. In developing countries, we also support 
gender equality programs, strengthen land tenure, and increase climate resiliency and adaptation. As a signatory of the United 
Nations Global Compact ("UNGC") on human rights, labor, environment, and anti-corruption, Tetra Tech embraces the UNGC 
Ten Principles as part of the strategy, culture, and daily operations of our company.

Our  Sustainability  Program  enhances  our  commitment  by  focusing  on  the  environmental,  social,  and  governance 
impact  of  our  business  via  four  primary  pillars:  Projects –  the  solutions  we  provide  for  our  clients;  Procurement –  our 
procurement and subcontracting approaches; Processes – the internal policies and processes that promote sustainable practices, 
reduce costs, and minimize environmental impacts; and People – the 21,000 staff at Tetra Tech and our partners, clients, and 
communities  worldwide.  In  addition,  our  program  is  based  on  the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  ("GRI")  Sustainability  Report 
Framework,  the  internationally  accepted  sustainability  reporting  protocol  for  corporate  sustainability  plans,  which  includes 
three fundamental areas: environmental, economic, and governance.

Our  Sustainability  Program  is  led  by  our  Chief  Sustainability  Officer,  who  has  been  appointed  by  executive 
management and  is supported by other key corporate and operations  representatives via our  Sustainability Council. We have 
established a  clear  set of metrics to evaluate  our progress toward our corporate sustainability  goals.  Each metric corresponds 
with  one  or  more  performance  indicators  from  GRI  and  include  the  following  categories:  environmental  (greenhouse  gas 
emissions), economic, health and safety, information technology, human resources, and real estate. We continuously implement 
sustainability-related  policies and practices  and  assess  the  results  of  our  efforts  in  order  to  improve  upon  them  in  the future. 
Most  important  to  our  program  is  the  recognition  of  the  significant  environmental,  social,  and  governance  impacts  of  Tetra 
Tech's projects. Our executive management team reviews and approves the Sustainability Program and evaluates our progress 
in achieving the goals and objectives outlined in our plan. In 2021, we initiated a commitment to develop Science Based Targets 
as part of our tracking and execution of our Sustainability Program. We also announced a new and expanded commitment to 
sustainability for the next decade with a goal to be Climate Positive & Carbon Negative by 2030. Working with our clients, we 
will  continue  to  advance  the  science  of  sustainability,  and  thereby  magnify  the  scale  of  our  climate-positive  impact  on  the 
world. As part of the UNGC, we fulfill the annual Communication on Progress via Tetra Tech's Sustainability Report Card that 
is  published  on  Earth  Day.  Tetra  Tech  also  participates  in  the  Dow  Jones  Sustainability  Index  Corporate  Sustainability 
Assessment. 

Acquisitions and Divestitures  

Acquisitions.    We continuously evaluate the marketplace for acquisition opportunities to further our strategic growth 
plans.  Due  to  our  reputation,  size,  financial  resources,  geographic  presence  and  range  of  services,  we  have  numerous 
opportunities  to  acquire  privately  and  publicly  held  companies  or  selected  portions  of  such  companies.  We  evaluate  an 
acquisition opportunity based on its ability to strengthen our leadership in the markets we serve, the technologies and solutions 
they  provide,  and  the  additional  new  geographies  and  clients  they  bring.  Also,  during  our  evaluation,  we  examine  an 
acquisition's  ability  to  drive  organic  growth,  its  accretive  effect  on  long-term  earnings,  and  its  ability  to  generate  return  on 
investment.  Generally,  we  proceed  with  an  acquisition  if  we  believe  that  it  will  strategically  expand  our  service  offerings, 
improve our long-term financial performance, and increase shareholder returns.

We view acquisitions as a key component in the execution of our growth strategy, and we intend to use cash, debt or 
equity, as we deem appropriate, to fund acquisitions. We may acquire other businesses that we believe are synergistic and will 
ultimately increase our revenue and net income, strengthen our ability to achieve our strategic goals, provide critical mass with 
existing  clients,  and  further  expand  our  lines  of  service. We  typically  pay  a  purchase  price  that  results  in  the  recognition  of 
goodwill, generally representing the intangible value of a successful business with an assembled workforce specialized in our 
areas of interest. Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our previous or future acquisitions will be 
successful  or  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations,  or  cash  flows.  All 
acquisitions  require  the  approval  of  our  Board  of  Directors.  For  detailed  information  regarding  acquisitions,  see  Note 5, 
"Acquisitions" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8.

Divestitures.        We  regularly  review  and  evaluate  our  existing  operations  to  determine  whether  our  business  model 
should  change  through  the  divestiture  of  certain  businesses. Accordingly,  from  time  to  time,  we  may  divest  or  wind-down 
certain non-core businesses and reallocate our resources to businesses that better align with our long-term strategic direction.

Competition 

The  market  for  our  services  is  generally  competitive. We  often  compete  with  many  other  firms  ranging  from  small 

regional firms to large international firms. 

We  perform  a  broad  spectrum  of  consulting,  engineering,  and  technical  services  across  the  water,  environment, 
sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable  energy,  and  international  development  markets.  Our  client  base  includes  U.S.  federal 

10 

government  agencies  such  as  USAID,  the  DoD,  the  U.S.  Department  of  State,  the  U.S.  Department  of Energy ("DOE"),  the 
U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  ("EPA"),  and  the  FAA;  U.S.  state  and  local  government  agencies;  government  and 
commercial  clients  in  Canada, Australia,  and  the  United  Kingdom;  the  U.S.  commercial  sector,  which  consists  primarily  of 
large industrial companies and utilities; and our international commercial clients. Our competition varies and is a function of 
the  business  areas  in  which,  and  the  client  sectors  for  which,  we  perform  our  services.  The  number  of  competitors  for  any 
procurement can vary widely, depending upon technical qualifications, the relative value of the project, geographic location, the 
financial  terms  and  risks  associated  with  the  work,  and  any  restrictions  placed  upon  competition  by  the  client.  Historically, 
clients have chosen among competing firms by weighing the quality, innovation and timeliness of the firm's service versus its 
cost to determine which firm offers the best value. When less work becomes available in certain markets, price could become 
an increasingly important factor. 

Our competitors vary depending on end markets and clients, and often we may only compete with a portion of a firm. 
We  believe  that  our  principal  competitors  include  the  following  firms,  in  alphabetical  order: AECOM; Arcadis NV;  Black & 
Veatch  Corporation;  Booz  Allen  Hamilton;  Brown &  Caldwell;  CDM  Smith Inc.;  Chemonics  International, Inc.; 
Exponent, Inc.;  GHD;  ICF  International, Inc.;  Jacobs  Engineering  Group Inc.;  Leidos, Inc.;  SAIC;  SNC-Lavalin  Group Inc.; 
Stantec Inc.; TRC Companies, Inc.; Weston Solutions, Inc.; and WSP Global Inc. 

Backlog 

We include in our backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorization has been 
received. We estimate that approximately two-thirds of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2021 will be recognized as revenue in 
fiscal  2022,  as  work  is  being  performed.  However,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  the  revenue  projected  in  our  backlog  will  be 
realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In addition, project cancellations or scope adjustments may occur with respect to 
contracts reflected in our backlog. For example, certain of our contracts with the U.S. federal government and other clients are 
terminable at the discretion of the client, with or without cause. These types of backlog reductions could adversely affect our 
revenue and margins. Accordingly, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

Our  backlog  at  fiscal  2021  year-end  was  $3.5  billion,  an  increase  of  $241.0  million,  or  7.4%,  compared  to  fiscal 
2020 year-end.  Of  this  amount,  GSG  and  CIG  reported  $2.3  billion  and  $1.2  billion  of  backlog,  respectively,  at  fiscal  2021 
year-end.  

Regulations  

We  engage  in  various  service  activities  that  are  subject  to  government  oversight,  including  environmental  laws  and 
regulations,  general  government  procurement  laws  and  regulations,  and  other  regulations  and  requirements  imposed  by  the 
specific government agencies with which we conduct business. 

Environmental.        A  significant  portion  of  our  business  involves  the  planning,  design,  and  program  management  of 
pollution control facilities, as well as the assessment and management of remediation activities at hazardous waste sites, U.S. 
Superfund  sites,  and  military  bases.  In  addition,  we  contract  with  U.S.  federal  government  entities  to  destroy  hazardous 
materials. These activities require us to manage, handle, remove, treat, transport, and dispose of toxic or hazardous substances.

Some environmental laws, such as the U.S. Superfund law and similar state, provincial and local statutes, can impose 
liability for the entire cost of clean-up for contaminated facilities or sites upon present and former owners and operators, as well 
as generators, transporters, and persons arranging for the treatment or disposal of such substances. In addition, while we strive 
to  handle  hazardous  and  toxic  substances  with  care  and  in  accordance  with  safe  methods,  the  possibility  of  accidents,  leaks, 
spills,  and  events  of  force  majeure  always  exist.  Humans  exposed  to  these  materials,  including  workers  or  subcontractors 
engaged in the transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and persons in affected areas, may be injured or become ill. 
This could result in lawsuits that expose us to liability and substantial damage awards. Liabilities for contamination or human 
exposure to hazardous or toxic materials, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs, 
including  clean-up  costs,  fines,  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  third  party  claims  for  property  damage  or  personal  injury,  or  the 
cessation of remediation activities. 

Certain  of  our  business  operations  are  covered  by  U.S.  Public  Law  85-804,  which  provides  for  government 
indemnification  against  claims  and  damages  arising  out  of  unusually  hazardous  activities  performed  at  the  request  of  the 
government. Due to changes in public policies and law, however, government indemnification may not be available in the case 
of any future claims or liabilities relating to other hazardous activities that we perform. 

Government Procurement.    The services we provide to the U.S. federal government are subject to the FAR and other 

rules and regulations applicable to government contracts. These rules and regulations:

•

require certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with the contract negotiations under 
certain contract types; 

11 

•

•

impose  accounting  rules  that  define  allowable  and  unallowable  costs  and  otherwise  govern  our  right  to 
reimbursement under certain cost-based government contracts; and 

restrict the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of 
certain products and technical data. 

In  addition,  services  provided  to  the  DoD  and  U.S.  federal  civil  agencies  are  monitored  by  the  Defense  Contract 
Management Agency and audited by the DCAA. Our government clients can also terminate any of their contracts, and many of 
our  government  contracts  are  subject  to  renewal  or  extension  annually.  Further,  the  services  we  provide  to  state  and  local 
government clients are subject to various government rules and regulations. 

Seasonality 

We experience seasonal trends in our business. Our revenue and operating income are typically lower in the first half 
of our fiscal year, primarily due to the Thanksgiving (in the U.S. and Canada), Christmas and New Year's holidays. Many of our 
clients'  employees,  as  well  as  our  own  employees,  take  vacations  during  these  holiday  periods.  Further,  seasonal  inclement 
weather  conditions  occasionally  cause  some  of  our offices  to  close  temporarily  or  may hamper  our  project  field  work  in  the 
northern hemisphere's temperate and arctic regions. These occurrences result in fewer billable hours worked on projects and, 
correspondingly, less revenue recognized. 

Potential Liability and Insurance  

Our business activities could expose us to potential liability under various laws and under workplace health and safety 
regulations. In addition, we occasionally assume liability by contract under indemnification agreements. We cannot predict the 
magnitude of such potential liabilities. 

We maintain a comprehensive general liability insurance policy with an umbrella policy that covers losses beyond the 
general liability limits. We also maintain professional errors and omissions liability and contractor's pollution liability insurance 
policies.  We  believe  that  both  policies  provide  adequate  coverage  for  our  business.  When  we  perform  higher-risk  work,  we 
obtain, if available, the necessary types of insurance coverage for such activities, as is typically required by our clients. 

We obtain insurance coverage through a broker that is experienced in our industry. The broker and our risk manager 
regularly  review  the  adequacy  of  our  insurance  coverage.  Because  there  are  various  exclusions  and  retentions  under  our 
policies, or an insurance carrier may become insolvent, there can be no assurance that all potential liabilities will be covered by 
our insurance policies or paid by our carrier. 

We  evaluate  the  risk  associated  with  insurance  claims.  If  we  determine  that  a  loss  is  probable  and  reasonably 
estimable, we establish an appropriate reserve. A reserve is not established if we determine that a claim has no merit or is not 
probable  or  reasonably  estimable.  Our  historic  levels  of  insurance  coverage  and  reserves  have  been  adequate.  However, 
partially or completely uninsured claims, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

Human Capital Management 

Employees.    At  fiscal  2021 year-end,  we  had  approximately  21,000  staff  worldwide.  A  large  percentage  of  our 
employees have technical and professional backgrounds and undergraduate and/or advanced degrees, including the employees 
of  recently  acquired  companies.  Our  professional  staff  includes  archaeologists,  architects,  biologists,  chemical  engineers, 
chemists,  civil  engineers,  data  scientists,  computer  scientists,  economists,  electrical  engineers,  environmental  engineers, 
environmental  scientists,  geologists,  hydrogeologists,  mechanical  engineers,  software  engineers,  oceanographers,  project 
managers and toxicologists. We consider the current relationships with our employees to be favorable. We are not aware of any 
employment  circumstances  that  are  likely  to  disrupt  work  at  any  of  our  facilities.  See  Part I,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a 
discussion of the risks related to the loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

Health and Safety.  Tetra Tech is committed to providing and maintaining a healthy and safe work environment for our 
associates.  We  provide  training  to  all  associates  to  improve  their  understanding  of  behaviors  that  can  be  perceived  as 
discriminatory, exclusionary, and/or harassing, and provide safe avenues for associates to report such behaviors.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion.  Tetra Tech brings together engineers and technical specialists from all backgrounds to 
solve  our  clients'  most  challenging  problems.  Our  Diversity,  Equity  and  Inclusion  Policy  guides  the  Board  of  Directors, 
management, associates, subcontractors, and partners in developing an inclusive  culture. Our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion 
Council monitors Tetra Tech's diversity, equity and inclusion practices and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors 
and Chief Executive Officer for any changes or improvements to our program. 

Tetra Tech values diversity, equity and inclusion and undertakes various efforts throughout its operations to promote 

these initiatives. Our current efforts are focused on these primary areas: 

12 

•

•

Equal  employment  opportunity.  Tetra  Tech  ensures  that  our  practices  and  processes  attract  a  diverse  range  of 
candidate,  and  that  candidates  are  recruited,  hired,  assigned,  developed,  and  promoted based  on  merit  and  their 
alignment to our values. 

Learning  and  development  opportunities.  To  support  our  associates  in  reaching  their  full  potential,  Tetra  Tech 
offers  a  wide  range  of  internal  and  external  learning  and  development  opportunities.  Education  assistance  is 
offered to financially support associates who seek to expand their knowledge and skill base. 

As  part  of  Tetra  Tech's  commitment  to  a  culture  of  inclusion,  our  Employee  Resource  Group  ("ERG")  Program 
broadens  and  enhances  company-wide  interaction  opportunities  for  our  employees.  Our  ERG  is  open  to  all  and  involves 
activities for both employees whose background is the focus of the ERG and those who are supportive of the group (also known 
as allies). These global networks build on and coordinate with the many local networks that are already active throughout our 
operations  and  include  groups  focused  on  the  experiences  of  Black,  Latino,  Pan-Asian,  Women,  Veterans,  and  LGBTQIA+ 
employees. 

Professional Development.   Tetra Tech invests  in the professional development of our associates. They are  provided 
with  training  in  leadership  development,  project  management  skills,  and  interpersonal  skills  development.  Our  focused 
programs are designed, taught, and facilitated by Tetra Tech leadership, consistent with our commitment to talent development. 
These programs include the following: 

•

•

•

•

•

Tetra  Tech  Leadership  Academy.  Tetra  Tech  Leadership  Academy  develops  our  high-potential  associates  from 
around the world into outstanding business leaders. Instructors for this intensive, year-long program are executive 
management and operational leaders. Participants are immersed in all aspects of the operations of Tetra Tech and 
complete challenging, real-world assignments designed to hone their leadership and management skills. 

Tech  1000  Challenge.  The  Tech  1000  Challenge  is  a  competition  to  create  the  most  innovative,  technology 
focused solution to a real client challenge. The event brings together employees from around the world to team up 
and  vie  for  the  technology  solutions  that  address  our  clients'  needs.  Participants  from  across  our  markets  form 
teams to focus on client needs, receive briefings on our Tetra Tech Delta technologies from their peers, and hone 
their skills in designing strategies and pitching client solutions. 

Project  Excellence  Program.  Tetra  Tech  develops  Project  Managers  who  are  world  class  in  their  abilities  and 
performance.  The  program  is  led  by  our  Chief  Engineer  and  involves  extensive  training  on  how  to  effectively 
manage all components of a project. 

Fearless  Entrepreneur  Program.  Through  this  program,  Tetra  Tech  develops  client-oriented,  business-minded 
professionals  who  are  driven  to  understand  and  meet  the  needs  of  our  clients.  Developing  professionals  are 
challenged  and  mentored  through  a  process  of  building  client  relationships.  Participants  take  part  in  group 
discussions in a classroom setting and then are required to implement learned strategies with actual and potential 
clients. 

Tetra Tech Technology Transfer  (T4) and ToolTalk Webcast Series. Tetra Tech holds  webcasts to help associates 
around the world share technical resources and enhance their use of available internal tools and to provide better 
service to clients. Through the T4 and ToolTalk Webcast Series, Tetra Tech experts present and lead discussions 
about new technologies and programs, best practices, and opportunities for growth across our company. 

By  offering  our  associates  meaningful  work  and  career  development,  Tetra  Tech  is  well  positioned  to  continue  its 

growth through recruitment, development, and retention of the best talent in the industry.        

13 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following table shows the name, age and position of each of our executive officers at November 24, 2021: 

Name
Dan L. Batrack

Age
63  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Position

Mr. Batrack joined our predecessor in 1980 and was named Chairman in January 
2008.  He  has  served  as  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  director  since 
November 2005, and as our President from October 2008 to September 2019. Mr. 
Batrack has served in numerous capacities over the last 40 years, including arctic 
research scientist, deep water oceanographic hydrographer, coastal hydrodynamic 
modeler,  environmental  data  analyst,  project  and  program  manager,  President  of 
the Engineering Division, and in 2004 he was appointed Chief Operating Officer. 
He has managed complex programs for many small and Fortune 500 clients, both 
in  the  United  States  and  internationally.  Mr.  Batrack  holds  a  B.A.  degree  in 
Business Administration from the University of Washington. 

Leslie L. Shoemaker

64  President 

Dr. Shoemaker  was  appointed  President  in  September  2019,  having  previously 
served as President of WEI Business Group from April 2015 to November 2017, 
and  CIG  from  November  2017  to  September  2019.  Dr.  Shoemaker  joined  us  in 
1991,  and  has  served  in  various  management  capacities,  including  project  and 
program  manager,  water  resources  manager  and  infrastructure  group  president. 
From  2005  to  2015,  she  led  our  strategic  planning,  business  development  and 
company-wide  collaboration  programs.  Her 
the 
management  of  large-scale  watershed  and  master  planning  studies,  development 
of  modeling  tools  and  application  of  optimization  tools  for  decision  making. 
Additionally, she is our Chief Sustainability Officer who leads our Sustainability 
Council to implement sustainability-related policies and practices company-wide. 
Dr. Shoemaker  holds  a  B.A.  degree  in  Mathematics  from  Hamilton  College,  a 
Master  of  Engineering  from  Cornell  University  and  a  Ph.D.  in  Agricultural 
Engineering from the University of Maryland.

technical  expertise 

in 

is 

Steven M. Burdick

57  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Burdick  has  served  as our  Executive Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer 
since April 2011. He served as our Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller 
from  January  2004  to  March  2011.  Mr. Burdick  joined  us  in April  2003  as Vice 
President, Management Audit. Previously, Mr. Burdick served  in senior financial 
and  executive  positions  with  Aura  Systems,  Inc.,  TRW  Ventures,  and  Ernst  & 
Young  LLP.  Mr. Burdick  holds  a  B.S.  degree  in  Business  Administration  from 
Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

14 

Derek G. Amidon

54  Senior Vice President, President of CIG and the Client Account Management 

Division of CIG 

Mr. Amidon was appointed President of CIG in September 2019, in addition to his 
role as President of CIG's Client Account Management Division. Mr. Amidon has 
served  as  a  project  manager,  key  account  manager,  operations  manager,  and 
regional manager since joining us in 2012. He has managed a variety of complex, 
high profile programs for key clients, including Fortune 100 companies. His focus 
has  been  on  leading  high  value  consulting  services  that  deliver  scientific, 
engineering and regulatory solutions for  challenging environmental, engineering, 
permitting  and  public  relations  problems  for  energy,  industrial,  institutional  and 
custodial  trust  clients.  He  has  managed  projects  in  the  U.S.,  Africa,  Australia, 
Europe,  and  the  Caribbean.  In  addition  to  experience  in  both  public  and  private 
consulting and engineering firms over his 24-year career, Mr. Amidon also served 
in  a  variety  of  business  leadership  and  project  development  roles  at  Hess 
Corporation,  a  leading  independent  oil  and  gas  company.  Mr.  Amidon  is  a 
registered  Professional  Engineer.  He  holds  B.S.  and  M.S.  degrees  in  Civil 
Engineering  from  Brigham  Young  University  and  a  M.S.  in  Management  from 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

Roger R. Argus

60  Senior Vice President, President of GSG and the U.S. Government Division of 

GSG

Mr. Argus is a chemical engineer with 36 years of experience, including 28 years 
with  us  in  operational  leadership,  program  and  project  management,  and  quality 
assurance  for  projects  encompassing  a  broad  spectrum  of  environmental, 
engineering,  information  technology,  and  disaster  management  services.  Mr. 
Argus  has  also  been  responsible  for  managing  multidisciplinary  contracts  and 
projects  in  support  of  the  U.S.  federal  government  (i.e.,  Navy,  the  U.S.  Army 
Corps of Engineers ("USACE"), and the EPA), state and municipal agencies, and 
private  clients  nationwide.  The  scope  of  his  technical  experience  includes 
planning  and  directing  environmental  programs,  developing  data  acquisition, 
management  and  analytics  solutions,  fund  research  and development  support  for 
innovative  environmental  technologies  and  waste  treatment  systems,  municipal 
resiliency,  and  sustainability  programs.  Mr.  Argus  holds  a  B.S.  in  Chemical 
Engineering from California State University, Long Beach.

William R. Brownlie

68  Senior Vice President, Chief Engineer and Corporate Risk Management Officer

Dr. Brownlie was named Senior Vice President and Chief Engineer in September 
2009,  and  Corporate  Risk  Management  Officer  in  November  2013.  From 
December 2005 to September 2009, he served as a Group President. Dr. Brownlie 
joined  our  predecessor  in  1981  and  was  named  a  Senior  Vice  President  in 
December 1993. Dr. Brownlie has managed various operating units and programs 
focusing  on  water  resources  and  environmental  services,  including  work  with 
USACE,  the  U.S. Air  Force,  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Reclamation  and  DOE.  He  is  a 
registered  professional  engineer  and  has  a  strong  technical  background  in  water 
resources.  Dr. Brownlie  holds  B.S.  and  M.S.  degrees  in  Civil  Engineering  from 
the State University of New York at Buffalo and a Ph.D. in Civil Engineering from 
the California Institute of Technology.

15 

Brian N. Carter

54  Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Mr. Carter joined us as Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting 
Officer  in  June  2011  and  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  in  October  2012. 
Previously, Mr. Carter served in finance and auditing positions in private industry 
and with Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Carter holds a B.S. in Business Administration 
from Miami University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Craig L. Christensen

68  Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer

Mr. Christensen joined us in 1998 through the acquisition of our Tetra Tech NUS, 
Inc.  ("NUS")  subsidiary.  He  is  responsible  for  our  information  services  and 
technologies,  including  the  implementation  of  our  enterprise  resource  planning 
system.  Previously,  Mr. Christensen  held  positions  at  NUS,  Brown  and  Root 
Services, and Landmark Graphics subsidiaries of Halliburton Company where his 
responsibilities 
system 
development. Prior to his service at Halliburton, Mr. Christensen held positions at 
Burroughs  Corporation  and  Apple  Computer.  Mr. Christensen  holds  B.A.  and 
M.B.A. degrees from Brigham Young University.

included  contracts  administration, 

finance,  and 

Preston Hopson

45  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Mr. Hopson was appointed Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
to the Board of Directors in January 2018. He also serves as the Chief Compliance 
Officer and is responsible for the global Human Resources function. For the prior 
10  years,  Mr.  Hopson  served  as  Vice  President,  Assistant  General  Counsel  and 
Assistant Corporate Secretary at AECOM. Prior to this, he was with O’Melveny & 
Myers  LLP  and  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals.  Mr.  Hopson  holds  B.A.  and  J.D. 
degrees from Yale University.

Richard A. Lemmon

62  Senior Vice President, Corporate Administration

Mr. Lemmon joined our predecessor in 1981 in a technical capacity and became a 
member  of  its  corporate  staff  in  a  management  position  in  1985.  In  1988,  at  the 
time  of  our  predecessor's  divestiture  from  Honeywell,  Inc.,  Mr.  Lemmon 
structured  and  managed  many  of  our  corporate  functions.  He  is  currently 
responsible for insurance, health and safety and facilities. 

Brendan M. O'Rourke

48  Senior Vice President, Enterprise Risk Management

Mr.  O'Rourke  joined  us  in  January  2018  as  Vice  President,  Enterprise  Risk 
Management  and  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  Enterprise  Risk 
Management in November 2018. For the prior 10 years, Mr. O'Rourke served as 
Assistant Vice President of Professional Liability Claims at AIG. Prior to this, he 
was  a  Senior  Associate  at  the  law  firm  of  Seyfarth  Shaw  in  Boston, 
Massachusetts.  Mr.  O'Rourke  has  more  than  twenty  years  of  experience  in  risk 
management,  contract  negotiation,  claim  resolution  and  litigation  within  the 
construction industry. Mr. O'Rourke holds a J.D. from Suffolk Law School and a 
B.A. from Worcester State University. 

16 

Bernard Teufele

56  Senior Vice President, President of the Canada and South America Division of 

CIG

Mr.  Teufele  joined  us  through  an  acquisition  in  2010.  He  has  over  23  years  of 
consulting  engineering  experience  as  a  leader  of  a  highly  diversified,  high-end 
infrastructure  practice  and  as  a  technical  expert  in  the  field  of  infrastructure 
monitoring  and  asset  management.  Prior  to  his  current  role,  Mr.  Teufele  has 
managed operating units of increasing size  and  complexity with a  primary  focus 
on infrastructure, environmental sciences, civil transportation, and mining-related 
services doing work for  municipal, provincial, and federal government clients in 
Canada. He has managed key provincial infrastructure programs in Canada with a 
particular focus on the monitoring and  assessment of roadway infrastructure  and 
the  development  of  asset  management  programs.  Mr.  Teufele  has  a  B.Sc.  in 
Applied Science from the University of British Columbia. 

17 

Available Information  

Our website address is www.tetratech.com. We made available, free electronic copies of our annual reports on Form 
10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports through the “Investor 
Relations”  portion  of  our  website,  under  the  heading  “SEC  Filings”  filed  under  “Financial  Information.”  These  reports  are 
available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission  ("SEC").  These  reports,  and  any  amendments  to  them,  are  also  available  at  the  Internet  website  of  the  SEC, 
https://www.sec.gov. Also available on our website are our Corporate Governance Policies, Board Committees, Corporate Code 
of Conduct and Finance Code of Professional Conduct.  

Item 1A.    Risk Factors 

We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could 
materially adversely affect our operations. Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents we file with the 
SEC  are  descriptions  of  the  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results 
contemplated  by  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  report.  Additional  risks  we  do  not  yet  know  of  or  that  we 
currently think are immaterial may also affect our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the 
following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

Business and Operations Risk Factors 

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by health outbreaks such as the COVID-19 pandemic. 

A significant outbreak, epidemic or pandemic of contagious diseases in any geographic area in which we operate could 
result in a health crisis adversely affecting the economies, financial markets and overall demand for our services in such areas. 
In addition, any preventative or protective actions that  governments implement or that we take  in response to a health crisis, 
such as travel restrictions, quarantines, or site closures, may interfere with the ability of our employees and vendors to perform 
their responsibilities. Such results could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

The continued global COVID-19 pandemic has created significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption. The 
extent  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  continues  to  impact  our  business,  operations  and  financial  results  will  depend  on 
numerous evolving factors that we may not be able to accurately predict, including: the duration and scope of the pandemic; 
governmental, business and individuals’ actions, including vaccination requirements, that have been and continue to be taken in 
response  to  the  pandemic;  the  impact of  the pandemic  on economic  activity  and  actions  taken  in response;  the  effect  on  our 
clients’ demand for  our services; our  ability to provide  our services; the ability of our clients to pay for our services or  their 
need to seek reductions of our fees; any closures of our and our clients’ offices and facilities; and the need for enhanced health 
and hygiene requirements or social distancing or other measures in attempts to counteract future outbreaks in our offices and 
facilities.  Clients  may  also  slow  down  decision-making,  delay  planned  work  or  seek  to  terminate  existing  agreements.  In 
addition,  while  governments  around  the  world  have  enacted  emergency  relief  programs  designed  to  combat  the  economic 
impact of the pandemic, the long-term effect of such spending is uncertain and could result in future budgetary restrictions for 
our government clients. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Continuing worldwide political, social and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The last several years have been periodically marked by political, social and economic concerns, including decreased 
consumer confidence, the  lingering  effects of international conflicts, energy costs and inflation. Although certain indices and 
economic data have shown signs of stabilization in the United States and certain global markets, there can be no assurance that 
these  improvements  will  be  broad-based  or  sustainable.  This  instability  can  make  it  extremely  difficult  for  our  clients,  our 
vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause constrained spending on our services, 
delays  and  a  lengthening  of our  business  development  efforts,  the  demand  for  more  favorable  pricing or  other  terms,  and/or 
difficulty  in  collection  of  our  accounts  receivable.  Our  government  clients  may  face  budget  deficits  that  prohibit  them  from 
funding proposed and existing projects. Further, ongoing economic instability in the global markets could limit our ability to 
access the capital markets at a time when we would like, or need, to raise capital, which could have an impact on our ability to 
react to changing business conditions or new opportunities. If economic conditions remain uncertain or weaken, or government 
spending is reduced, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected. 

Changes in tax laws could increase our tax rate and materially affect our results of operations. 

We  are  subject  to  tax  laws  in  the  United  States  and  numerous  foreign  jurisdictions. The  incoming  U.S.  presidential 
administration has called for changes to fiscal and tax policies, which may include comprehensive tax reform. In addition, many 
international  legislative  and  regulatory  bodies  have  proposed  and/or  enacted  legislation  that  could  significantly  impact  how 
U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings. Many of these proposed and enacted changes to the taxation of 
our activities could increase our effective tax rate and harm our results of operations. 

18 

Demand for our services is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns. If economic growth slows, government fiscal 
conditions worsen, or client spending declines further, then our revenue, profits and financial condition may deteriorate. 

Demand for our services is cyclical, and vulnerable to economic downturns and reductions in government and private 
industry spending. Such downturns or reductions may result in clients delaying, curtailing or canceling proposed and existing 
projects.  Our  business  traditionally  lags  the  overall  recovery  in  the  economy;  therefore,  our  business  may  not  recover 
immediately when the economy improves. If economic growth slows, government fiscal conditions worsen, or client spending 
declines,  then  our  revenue,  profits  and  overall  financial  condition  may  deteriorate.  Our  government  clients  may  face  budget 
deficits  that  prohibit  them  from  funding  new  or  existing  projects.  In  addition,  our  existing  and  potential  clients  may  either 
postpone entering into new contracts or request price concessions. Difficult financing and economic conditions may cause some 
of our clients to demand better pricing terms or delay payments for services we perform, thereby increasing the average number 
of  days  our  receivables  are  outstanding,  and  the  potential  of  increased  credit  losses  of  uncollectible  invoices.  Further,  these 
conditions may result in the inability of some of our clients to pay us for services that we have already performed. If we are not 
able  to  reduce  our  costs  quickly  enough  to  respond  to  the  revenue  decline  from  these  clients,  our  operating  results  may  be 
adversely affected. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability to forecast our future revenue and earnings from business areas 
that may be adversely impacted by market conditions. 

Our international operations expose us to legal, political, and economic risks in different countries as well as currency 
exchange rate fluctuations that could harm our business and financial results. 

In fiscal 2021, we generated 29.8% of our revenue from our international operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, 
the  United  Kingdom  and  from  international  clients  for  work  that  is  performed  by  our  domestic  operations.  International 
business is subject to a variety of risks, including: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

imposition of governmental controls and changes in laws, regulations, or policies; 

lack of developed legal systems to enforce contractual rights; 

greater risk of uncollectible accounts and longer collection cycles; 

currency exchange rate fluctuations, devaluations, and other conversion restrictions; 

uncertain and changing tax rules, regulations, and rates; 

the potential  for civil unrest, acts of terrorism,  force majeure, war or other armed conflict,  and  greater  physical 
security risks, which may cause us to have to leave a country quickly;  

logistical and communication challenges; 

changes in regulatory practices, including tariffs and taxes; 

changes in labor conditions; 

general economic, political, and financial conditions in foreign markets; and  

exposure to civil or criminal liability under the  U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”),  the  U.K. Bribery 
Act, the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, the Brazilian Clean Companies Act, the anti-boycott 
rules, trade and export control regulations, as well as other international regulations. 

For example, the Province of Quebec has adopted legislation that requires businesses and individuals seeking contracts 
with  governmental  bodies  be  certified  by  a  Quebec  regulatory  authority  for  contracts  over  a  specified  size.  Our  failure  to 
maintain certification could adversely affect our business.

International  risks  and  violations  of  international  regulations  may  significantly  reduce  our  revenue  and  profits,  and 
subject  us  to  criminal  or  civil  enforcement  actions,  including  fines,  suspensions,  or  disqualification  from  future  U.S.  federal 
procurement  contracting.  Although  we  have  policies  and  procedures  to  monitor  legal  and  regulatory  compliance,  our 
employees,  subcontractors,  and  agents  could  take  actions  that  violate  these  requirements. As  a  result,  our  international  risk 
exposure may be more or less than the percentage of revenue attributed to our international operations. 

The United Kingdom's withdrawal from the European Union could have an adverse effect on our business and financial 
results. 

In March 2017, the United Kingdom government initiated a process to withdraw from the European Union ("Brexit") 
and  began  negotiating  the  terms  of  the  separation.  Brexit  has  created  substantial  economic  and  political  uncertainty  and 
volatility  in  currency  exchange  rates,  and  the  terms  of  the  United  Kingdom's  withdrawal  from  the  European  Union  remain 
uncertain. The uncertainty created by Brexit may cause our customers to closely monitor their costs and reduce demand for our 
services and may ultimately result in new legal regulatory and cost challenges for our United Kingdom and global operations. 
Any of these events could adversely affect our United Kingdom, European and overall business and financial results. 

We  derive  a  substantial  amount  of  our  revenue  from  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local  government  agencies,  and  any 
disruption in government funding or in our relationship with those agencies could adversely affect our business. 

19 

In fiscal 2021, we generated 50.3% of our revenue from contracts with U.S. federal, and state and local government 
agencies. A  significant  amount  of  this  revenue  is  derived  under  multi-year  contracts,  many  of  which  are  appropriated  on  an 
annual basis. As a result, at the beginning of a project, the related contract may be only partially funded, and additional funding 
is  normally  committed  only  as  appropriations  are  made  in  each  subsequent  year.  These  appropriations,  and  the  timing  of 
payment  of  appropriated  amounts,  may  be  influenced  by  numerous  factors  as  noted  below.  Our  backlog  includes  only  the 
projects that have funding appropriated. 

The demand for our U.S. government-related services is generally driven by the level of government program funding. 
Accordingly, the success and further development of our business depends, in large part, upon the continued funding of these 
U.S.  government  programs,  and  upon  our  ability  to  obtain  contracts  and  perform  well  under  these  programs.  A  significant 
reduction in federal government spending, the absence of a bipartisan agreement on the federal government budget, a partial or 
full federal  government shutdown,  or a change  in budgetary priorities could reduce demand for our services, cancel  or delay 
federal projects, result in the closure of federal facilities and significant personnel reductions, and have a material and adverse 
impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

There are several additional factors that could materially affect our U.S. government contracting business, which could 
cause U.S. government agencies to delay or cancel programs, to reduce their orders under existing contracts, to exercise their 
rights  to  terminate  contracts  or  not  to  exercise  contract  options  for  renewals  or  extensions.  Such  factors,  which  include  the 
following,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  revenue  or  the  timing  of  contract  payments  from  U.S.  government 
agencies: 

• 
•
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the failure of the U.S. government to complete its budget and appropriations process before its fiscal year-end;
changes in and delays or cancellations of government programs, procurements, requirements or appropriations;
budget constraints or policy changes resulting in delay or curtailment of expenditures related to the services we 
provide; 

re-competes of government contracts; 

the timing and amount of tax revenue received by federal, state  and local governments, and the overall level of 
government expenditures; 

curtailment in the use of government contracting firms; 

delays associated with insufficient numbers of government staff to oversee contracts; 

the increasing preference by government agencies for contracting with small and disadvantaged businesses; 

competing  political  priorities  and  changes  in  the  political  climate  regarding  the  funding  or  operation  of  the 
services we provide; 

the  adoption  of  new  laws  or  regulations  affecting  our  contracting  relationships  with  the  federal,  state  or  local 
governments; 

unsatisfactory  performance  on  government  contracts  by  us  or  one  of  our  subcontractors,  negative  government 
audits or other events that may impair our relationship with federal, state or local governments; 

a dispute with or improper activity by any of our subcontractors; and 

general economic or political conditions. 

Our  inability  to  win  or  renew  U.S.  government  contracts  during  regulated  procurement  processes  could  harm  our 
operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

U.S.  government  contracts  are  awarded  through  a  regulated  procurement  process. The  U.S.  federal  government  has 
increasingly  relied upon multi-year contracts with pre-established terms and conditions,  such  as indefinite delivery/indefinite 
quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, which generally require those contractors who have previously been awarded the IDIQ to engage 
in an additional competitive bidding process before a task order is issued. As a result, new work awards tend to be smaller and 
of  shorter  duration,  since  the  orders  represent  individual  tasks  rather  than  large,  programmatic  assignments.  In  addition,  we 
believe that  there has been an increase  in  the  award of federal contracts based on  a low-price, technically acceptable criteria 
emphasizing  price  over  qualitative  factors,  such  as  past  performance.  As  a  result,  pricing  pressure  may  reduce  our  profit 
margins on future federal contracts. The increased competition and pricing pressure, in turn, may require us to make sustained 
efforts to reduce costs in order to realize revenue, and profits under government contracts. If we are not successful in reducing 
the amount of costs we incur, our profitability on government contracts will be negatively impacted. Moreover, even if we are 
qualified  to  work  on  a  government  contract,  we  may  not  be  awarded  the  contract  because  of  existing  government  policies 
designed  to  protect  small  businesses  and  under-represented  minority  contractors.  Our  inability  to  win  or  renew  government 
contracts during regulated procurement processes could harm our operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits.

20 

Each year, client funding for some of our U.S. government contracts may rely on government appropriations or public-
supported  financing.  If  adequate  public  funding  is  delayed  or  is  not  available,  then  our  profits  and  revenue  could 
decline.  

Each  year,  client funding for some  of  our  U.S.  government  contracts  may  directly or  indirectly  rely  on  government 
appropriations or public-supported financing. Legislatures may  appropriate funds for a given project on a year-by-year basis, 
even though the project may take more than one year to perform. In addition, public-supported financing such as U.S. state and 
local municipal bonds may be only partially raised to support existing projects. Similarly, an economic downturn may make it 
more  difficult  for  U.S.  state  and  local  governments  to  fund  projects.  In  addition  to  the  state  of  the  economy  and  competing 
political  priorities,  public  funds  and  the  timing  of  payment  of  these  funds  may  be  influenced  by,  among  other  things, 
curtailments  in  the  use  of  government  contracting  firms,  increases  in  raw  material  costs,  delays  associated  with  insufficient 
numbers  of  government  staff to  oversee  contracts,  budget  constraints,  the  timing  and  amount of  tax  receipts,  and  the overall 
level of government expenditures. If adequate public funding is not available or is delayed, then our profits and revenue could 
decline.  

Our U.S. federal government contracts may give government agencies the right to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate, or 
terminate existing contracts at their convenience at any time prior to their completion, which may result in a decline in 
our profits and revenue. 

U.S.  federal  government  projects  in  which  we  participate  as  a  contractor  or  subcontractor  may  extend  for  several 
years.  Generally,  government  contracts  include  the  right  to  modify,  delay,  curtail,  renegotiate,  or  terminate  contracts  and 
subcontracts at the government’s convenience any time prior to their completion. Any decision by a U.S. federal government 
client to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate, or terminate our contracts at their convenience may result in a decline in our profits 
and revenue. 

As  a  U.S.  government  contractor,  we  must  comply  with  various  procurement  laws  and  regulations  and  are  subject  to 
regular government audits;  a violation of  any of  these laws and  regulations or the  failure  to pass a government audit 
could  result in  sanctions, contract termination, forfeiture  of profit, harm to our reputation or loss of our status as an 
eligible government contractor and could reduce our profits and revenue. 

We  must comply with and are  affected by U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating  to the 
formation,  administration  and  performance  of  government  contracts.  For  example,  we  must  comply  with  FAR,  the  Truth  in 
Negotiations Act, CAS, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the Services Contract Act, and the DoD security 
regulations, as well as many other rules and regulations. In addition, we must comply with other government regulations related 
to employment practices, environmental protection, health and safety, tax, accounting, and anti-fraud measures, as well as many 
other regulations in order to maintain our government contractor status. These laws and regulations affect how we do business 
with our clients and, in some instances, impose additional costs on our business operations. Although we take precautions to 
prevent and deter fraud, misconduct, and non-compliance, we face the risk that our employees or outside partners may engage 
in misconduct, fraud, or other improper activities. U.S. government agencies, such as the DCAA, routinely audit and investigate 
government  contractors.  These  government  agencies  review  and  audit  a  government  contractor’s  performance  under  its 
contracts and cost structure, and evaluate compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and standards. In addition, during the 
course of its audits, the DCAA may question our incurred project costs. If the DCAA believes we have accounted for such costs 
in a manner inconsistent with the requirements for FAR or CAS, the DCAA auditor may recommend to our U.S. government 
corporate  administrative  contracting  officer  that  such  costs  be  disallowed.  Historically,  we  have  not  experienced  significant 
disallowed costs as a result of government audits. However, we can provide no assurance that the DCAA or other government 
audits  will  not  result  in  material  disallowances  for  incurred  costs  in  the  future.  In  addition,  U.S.  government  contracts  are 
subject to various other requirements relating to the formation, administration, performance, and accounting for these contracts. 
We may also be subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the U.S. government under the Federal 
Civil False Claims Act, which could include claims for treble damages. For example, as discussed elsewhere in this report, on 
January  14,  2019,  the  Civil  Division  of  the  United  States Attorney's  Office  filed  complaints  in  intervention  in  three  qui  tam 
actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech EC, Inc., in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. U.S. 
government contract violations could result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties or sanctions, contract termination, 
forfeiture  of  profit,  and/or  suspension  of  payment,  any  of  which  could  make  us  lose  our  status  as  an  eligible  government 
contractor.  We  could  also  suffer  serious  harm  to  our  reputation.  Any  interruption  or  termination  of  our  U.S.  government 
contractor status could reduce our profits and revenue significantly. 

If we extend a significant portion of our credit to clients in a specific geographic area or industry, we may experience 
disproportionately  high  levels  of  collection  risk  and  nonpayment  if  those  clients  are  adversely  affected  by  factors 
particular to their geographic area or industry. 

Our  clients  include  public  and  private  entities  that  have  been,  and  may  continue  to  be,  negatively  impacted  by  the 
changing landscape in the global economy. While outside of the U.S. federal government no single client accounted for over 

21 

10% of our revenue for fiscal 2021, we face collection risk as a normal part of our business where we perform services and 
subsequently  bill  our  clients  for  such  services.  In  the  event  that  we  have  concentrated  credit  risk  from  clients  in  a  specific 
geographic area or industry, continuing negative trends or a worsening in the financial condition of that specific geographic area 
or  industry  could  make  us  susceptible  to  disproportionately  high  levels  of  default  by  those  clients.  Such  defaults  could 
materially adversely impact our revenues and our results of operations. 

We  have  made  and  expect  to  continue  to  make  acquisitions. Acquisitions  could  disrupt  our  operations  and  adversely 
impact  our  business  and  operating  results.  Our  failure  to  conduct  due  diligence  effectively,  or  our  inability  to 
successfully  integrate  acquisitions,  could  impede  us  from  realizing  all  of  the  benefits  of  the  acquisitions,  which  could 
weaken our results of operations.

A key part of our growth strategy is to acquire other companies that complement our lines of business or that broaden 
our  technical  capabilities  and  geographic  presence.  However,  our  ability  to  make  acquisitions  is  restricted  under  our  credit 
agreement. Acquisitions involve  certain known and unknown risks that  could cause our  actual growth or operating results to 
differ from our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts. For example:

•

•

•

•

•

•

we  may not be able  to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to acquire additional companies on acceptable 
terms; 

we are pursuing international acquisitions, which inherently pose more risk than domestic acquisitions; 

we  compete with others  to acquire companies,  which may result in decreased availability  of, or increased price 
for, suitable acquisition candidates; 

we may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms or at all, to finance any of our potential 
acquisitions; 

we may ultimately fail to consummate an acquisition even if we announce that we plan to acquire a company; and 

acquired companies may not perform as we expect, and we may fail to realize anticipated revenue and profits. 

If we fail to conduct due diligence on our potential targets effectively, we may, for example, not identify problems at 
target companies, or fail to recognize incompatibilities or other obstacles to successful integration. The integration process may 
disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, may preclude realization of the full benefits expected by us and could 
harm  our  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  the  overall  integration  of  the  combining  companies  may  result  in  unanticipated 
problems,  expenses,  liabilities,  and  competitive  responses,  and  may  cause  our  stock  price  to  decline.  The  difficulties  of 
integrating an acquisition include, among others: 

•

•

issues in integrating information, communications, and other systems; 

incompatibility of logistics, marketing, and administration methods; 

• maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees; 

•

•

•

•

integrating the business cultures of both companies; 

preserving important strategic client relationships; 

consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures, and eliminating duplicative operations; and 

coordinating and integrating geographically separate organizations. 

In  addition,  even  if  the  operations  of  an  acquisition  are  integrated  successfully,  we  may  not  realize  the  full  benefits  of  the 
acquisition, including the synergies, cost savings or growth opportunities that we expect. These benefits may not be achieved 
within the anticipated time frame, or at all.  

Further, acquisitions may cause us to: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ ownership percentage; 

use a substantial portion of our cash resources; 

increase  our  interest  expense,  leverage,  and  debt  service  requirements  (if  we  incur  additional  debt  to  fund  an 
acquisition); 

assume  liabilities,  including  undisclosed,  contingent  or  environmental  liabilities,  for  which  we  do  not  have 
indemnification  from  the  former  owners.  Further,  indemnification  obligations  may  be  subject  to  dispute  or 
concerns regarding the creditworthiness of the former owners;
record  goodwill  and  non-amortizable  intangible  assets  that  are  subject  to  impairment  testing  and  potential 
impairment charges; 

experience volatility in earnings due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-out liability 
estimates;  

incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets; 

22 

•

•

•

lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues; 

incur large and immediate write-offs; or 

become subject to litigation. 

Finally, acquired companies that derive a significant portion of their revenue from the U.S. federal government and do 
not follow the same cost accounting policies and billing practices that we follow may be subject to larger cost disallowances for 
greater  periods  than  we  typically  encounter.  If  we  fail  to  determine  the  existence  of  unallowable  costs  and  do  not  establish 
appropriate reserves at acquisition, we may be exposed to material unanticipated liabilities, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business. 

If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, then our profits may be significantly reduced. 

Because we have historically acquired a significant number of companies, goodwill and intangible assets represent a 
substantial portion of our assets. As of October 3, 2021, our goodwill was $1.1 billion and other intangible assets were $38.0 
million. We are required to perform a goodwill impairment test for potential impairment at least on an annual basis. We also 
assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indications of impairment are present based 
on  expected  future  profitability  and  undiscounted  expected  cash  flows  and  their  contribution  to  our  overall  operations.  The 
goodwill  impairment  test  requires  us  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units,  which  are  the  components  one  level 
below our reportable segments. In determining fair value, we make significant judgments and estimates, including assumptions 
about our strategic plans with regard to our operations. We also analyze current economic indicators and market valuations to 
help  determine  fair  value.  To  the  extent  economic  conditions  that  would  impact  the  future  operations  of  our  reporting  units 
change, our goodwill may be deemed to be impaired, and we would be required to record a non-cash charge that could result in 
a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. For example, we had goodwill impairment of $15.8 
million and $7.8 million in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. We had no goodwill impairment in fiscal 2021. 

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper 
payments  to  foreign  government  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business.  The  U.K.  Bribery Act  of  2010 
prohibits  both  domestic  and  international  bribery,  as  well  as  bribery  across  both  private  and  public  sectors.  In  addition,  an 
organization that “fails to prevent bribery” by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the U.K. Bribery 
Act  unless  the  organization  can  establish  the  defense  of  having  implemented  “adequate  procedures”  to  prevent  bribery. 
Improper payments are also prohibited under the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and the Brazilian Clean 
Companies  Act.  Local  business  practices  in  many  countries  outside  the  United  States  create  a  greater  risk  of  government 
corruption than that found in the United States and other more developed countries. Our policies mandate compliance with anti-
bribery  laws,  and  we  have  established  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  monitor  compliance  with  anti-bribery  law 
requirements;  however, we  cannot ensure that  our policies and procedures will protect  us from potential  reckless or  criminal 
acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer 
from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with domestic and international export laws. 

To the extent we export technical services, data and products outside of the United States, we are subject to U.S. and 
international  laws  and  regulations  governing  international  trade  and  exports,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  International 
Traffic in Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Regulations, and trade sanctions against embargoed countries. A failure 
to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  including  the  imposition  of  fines,  the 
denial of export privileges, and suspension or debarment from participation in U.S. government contracts, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business. 

If  we  fail  to  complete  a  project  in  a  timely  manner,  miss  a  required  performance  standard,  or  otherwise  fail  to 
adequately perform on a project, then we may incur a loss on that project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall 
profitability. 

Our  engagements  often  involve  large-scale,  complex  projects.  The  quality  of  our  performance  on  such  projects 
depends  in  large  part  upon  our  ability  to  manage  the  relationship  with  our  clients  and  our  ability  to  effectively  manage  the 
project and deploy appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel, in a timely manner. We may 
commit to a client that we will complete a project by a scheduled date. We may also commit that a project, when completed, 
will  achieve  specified performance  standards.  If  the project  is  not  completed by  the  scheduled  date  or fails  to  meet  required 
performance  standards,  we  may  either  incur  significant  additional  costs  or  be  held  responsible  for  the  costs  incurred  by  the 
client to rectify damages due to late completion or failure to achieve the required performance standards. The uncertainty of the 
timing of a project can present difficulties in planning the amount of personnel needed for the project. If the project is delayed 
or  canceled,  we  may  bear  the  cost  of  an  underutilized  workforce  that  was  dedicated  to  fulfilling  the  project.  In  addition, 
performance  of  projects  can  be  affected  by  a  number  of  factors  beyond  our  control,  including  unavoidable  delays  from 

23 

government  inaction,  public  opposition,  inability  to  obtain  financing,  weather  conditions,  unavailability  of  vendor  materials, 
changes  in  the  project  scope  of  services  requested  by  our  clients,  industrial  accidents,  environmental  hazards,  and  labor 
disruptions. To the extent these events occur, the total costs of the project could exceed our estimates, and we could experience 
reduced profits or, in some cases, incur a loss on a project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability. Further, any 
defects or errors, or failures  to meet our clients’ expectations, could  result in claims for  damages against  us. Failure  to meet 
performance standards or complete performance on a timely basis could also adversely affect our reputation. 

The loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could impair our ability to provide 
services to our clients and otherwise conduct our business effectively. 

As primarily a professional and technical services company, we are labor-intensive and, therefore, our ability to attract, 
retain, and expand our senior management and our professional and technical staff is an  important factor in determining our 
future  success. The market  for qualified scientists and engineers is competitive  and, from time to time, it may be difficult to 
attract and retain qualified individuals with the required expertise within the timeframe demanded by our clients. For example, 
some  of  our  U.S.  government  contracts  may  require us  to employ  only  individuals  who  have  particular  government  security 
clearance  levels.  In  addition,  if  we  are  unable  to  retain  executives  and  other  key  personnel,  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of 
those employees will need to be filled, which may require that we devote time and resources to identify, hire, and integrate new 
employees. The loss of the services of any of these key personnel could adversely affect our business. Our failure to attract and 
retain key individuals could impair our ability to provide services to our clients and conduct our business effectively.

Our  revenue  and  growth  prospects  may  be  harmed  if  we  or  our  employees  are  unable  to  obtain  government  granted 
eligibility or other qualifications we and they need to perform services for our customers. 

A number of government programs require contractors to have certain kinds of government granted eligibility, such as 
security clearance credentials. Depending on the project, eligibility can be difficult and time-consuming to obtain. If we or our 
employees are unable  to obtain  or retain the necessary eligibility, we may not be able to win  new  business,  and our existing 
customers could terminate their contracts with us or decide not to renew them. To the extent we cannot obtain or maintain the 
required  security  clearances  for  our  employees  working  on  a  particular  contract,  we  may  not  derive  the  revenue  or  profit 
anticipated from such contract. 

Our actual business and financial results could differ from the estimates and assumptions that  we use to prepare  our 
consolidated financial statements, which may significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

To prepare consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. 
("U.S.  GAAP"),  management  is  required  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  as  of  the  date  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. For example, we typically recognize revenue over the life of a contract based on 
the  proportion  of  costs  incurred  to  date  compared  to  the  total  costs  estimated  to  be  incurred  for  the  entire  project.  Areas 
requiring significant estimates by our management include: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the  application  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of  accounting  and  revenue  recognition  on  contracts, 
change orders, and contract claims, including related unbilled accounts receivable; 

unbilled  accounts  receivable,  including  amounts  related  to  requests  for  equitable  adjustment  to  contracts  that 
provide for price redetermination, primarily with the U.S. federal government. These amounts are recorded only 
when they can be reliably estimated, and realization is probable;   

provisions for uncollectible receivables, client claims, and recoveries of costs from subcontractors, vendors, and 
others; 

provisions  for  income  taxes,  research  and  development  tax  credits,  valuation  allowances,  and  unrecognized  tax 
benefits; 

value of goodwill and recoverability of intangible assets; 

valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations; 

valuation of contingent earn-out liabilities recorded in connection with business combinations;   

valuation of employee benefit plans;  

valuation of stock-based compensation expense; and 

accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves. 

Our  actual  business  and  financial  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  may  significantly  reduce  or 

eliminate our profits. 

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce. 

24 

The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability. The 

rate at which we utilize our workforce is affected by a number of factors, including: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

our  ability  to  transition  employees  from  completed projects  to  new  assignments  and  to hire  and  assimilate  new 
employees; 

our  ability  to  forecast  demand  for  our  services  and  thereby  maintain  an  appropriate  headcount  in  each  of  our 
geographies and operating units; 

our ability to engage employees in assignments during natural disasters or pandemics; 

our ability to manage attrition; 

our  need  to  devote  time  and  resources  to  training,  business  development,  professional  development,  and  other 
non-chargeable activities; and  

our ability to match the skill sets of our employees to the needs of the marketplace. 

If we over-utilize our workforce, our employees may become disengaged, which could impact employee attrition. If 

we under-utilize our workforce, our profit margin and profitability could suffer. 

Our  use  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of  revenue  recognition  could  result  in  a  reduction  or  reversal  of 
previously recorded revenue and profits. 

We account for most of our contracts on the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition. Generally, our 
use of this method results in recognition of revenue and profit ratably over the life of the contract, based on the proportion of 
costs incurred to date to total costs expected to be incurred for the entire project. The effects of revisions to estimated revenue 
and costs, including the achievement of award fees and the impact of change orders and claims, are recorded when the amounts 
are  known  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Such  revisions  could  occur  in  any  period  and  their  effects  could  be  material. 
Although we have historically made reasonably reliable estimates of the progress towards completion of long-term contracts, 
the uncertainties inherent in the estimating process make it possible for actual costs to vary materially from estimates, including 
reductions or reversals of previously recorded revenue and profit. 

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, which 
could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. Specifically, our fixed-price contracts could increase the 
unpredictability of our earnings. 

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs so that we can maintain positive operating 
margins  and  profitability.  We  generally  enter  into  three  principal  types  of  contracts  with  our  clients:  fixed-price,  time-and-
materials and cost-plus.  

The U.S. federal government and certain other clients have increased the use of fixed-priced contracts. Under fixed-
price contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are exposed to a number 
of risks. We realize a profit on fixed-price contracts only if we can control our costs and prevent cost over-runs on our contracts. 
Fixed-price contracts require cost and scheduling estimates that are based on a number of assumptions, including those about 
future  economic  conditions,  costs,  and  availability  of  labor,  equipment  and  materials,  and  other  exigencies.  We  could 
experience  cost  over-runs  if  these  estimates  are  originally  inaccurate  as  a  result  of  errors  or  ambiguities  in  the  contract 
specifications, or become inaccurate as a result of a change in circumstances following the submission of the estimate due to, 
among other things, unanticipated technical problems, difficulties in obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or 
labor  conditions,  weather  delays,  changes  in  the  costs  of  raw  materials,  or  the  inability  of  our  vendors  or  subcontractors  to 
perform. If cost overruns occur, we  could experience  reduced profits or, in some  cases, a  loss  for that project. If a project is 
significant,  or  if  there  are  one  or  more  common  issues  that  impact  multiple  projects,  costs  overruns  could  increase  the 
unpredictability of our earnings, as well as have a material adverse impact on our business and earnings. 

Under  our  time-and-materials  contracts,  we  are  paid  for  labor  at  negotiated  hourly  billing  rates  and  paid  for  other 
expenses.  Profitability  on  these  contracts  is  driven  by  billable  headcount  and  cost  control.  Many  of  our  time-and-materials 
contracts are subject to maximum contract values and, accordingly, revenue relating to these contracts is recognized as if these 
contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus contracts, some of which are subject to contract ceiling amounts, we 
are reimbursed for allowable costs and fees, which may be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling 
or  are  not  allowable  under  the  provisions  of  the  contract  or  any  applicable  regulations,  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain 
reimbursement for all of the costs we incur. 

Profitability on our contracts is  driven by billable headcount and our ability to manage our subcontractors, vendors, 
and  material  suppliers.  If  we are  unable  to  accurately  estimate  and manage  our  costs, we  may  incur  losses  on our  contracts, 
which could decrease our operating margins and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. Certain of our contracts require us 
to  satisfy  specific  design,  engineering,  procurement,  or  construction  milestones  in  order  to  receive  payment  for  the  work 
completed or equipment or supplies procured prior to achievement of the applicable milestone. As a result, under these types of 

25 

arrangements, we may incur significant costs or perform significant amounts of services prior to receipt of payment. If a client 
determines not to proceed with the completion of the project or if the client defaults on its payment obligations, we may face 
difficulties in collecting payment of amounts due to us for the costs previously incurred or for the amounts previously expended 
to purchase equipment or supplies. 

Accounting for a contract requires judgments relative  to assessing the  contract’s estimated risks, revenue, costs, and 
other technical issues. Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the estimation of overall risk, revenue, and cost at 
completion is complicated and subject to many variables. Changes in underlying assumptions, circumstances, or estimates may 
also adversely affect future period financial performance. If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall revenue or costs on 
a contract, then we may experience a lower profit or incur a loss on the contract. 

Our  failure  to  adequately  recover  on  claims  brought  by  us  against  clients  for  additional  contract  costs  could  have  a 
negative impact on our liquidity and profitability. 

We have brought claims against clients for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for amounts not included in 
the original contract price. These types of claims occur due to matters such as client-caused delays or changes from the initial 
project  scope,  both  of  which  may  result  in  additional  cost.  Often,  these  claims  can  be  the  subject  of  lengthy  arbitration  or 
litigation  proceedings,  and  it is  difficult  to  accurately  predict  when  these  claims  will  be  fully  resolved. When  these  types  of 
events occur and unresolved claims are pending, we have used working capital in projects to cover cost overruns pending the 
resolution of the relevant claims. A failure to promptly recover on these types of claims could have a negative impact on our 
liquidity  and  profitability.  Total  accounts  receivable  at  October 3,  2021  included  approximately  $11  million  related  to  such 
claims.

Our  failure  to  win  new  contracts  and  renew  existing  contracts  with  private  and  public  sector  clients  could  adversely 
affect our profitability. 

Our business depends on our ability to win new contracts and renew existing contracts with private and public sector 
clients. Contract proposals and negotiations are complex and frequently involve a lengthy bidding and selection process, which 
is affected by a number of factors. These factors include market conditions, financing arrangements, and required governmental 
approvals.  If  negative  market  conditions  arise,  or  if  we  fail  to  secure  adequate  financial  arrangements  or  the  required 
government approval, we may not be able to pursue certain projects, which could adversely affect our profitability. 

If we are not able to successfully manage our growth strategy, our business and results of operations may be adversely 
affected. 

Our  expected  future  growth  presents  numerous  managerial,  administrative,  operational,  and  other  challenges.  Our 
ability to manage the growth of our operations will require us to continue to improve our management information systems and 
our other internal systems and controls. In addition, our growth will increase our need to attract, develop, motivate, and retain 
both  our  management  and  professional  employees.  The  inability  to  effectively  manage  our  growth  or  the  inability  of  our 
employees to achieve anticipated performance could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our backlog is subject to cancellation, unexpected adjustments and changing economic conditions, and is an uncertain 
indicator of future operating results. 

Our backlog at October 3, 2021 was $3.5 billion, an increase of $241.0 million, or 7.4%, compared to the end of fiscal 
2020.  We  include  in  backlog  only  those  contracts  for  which  funding  has  been  provided  and  work  authorizations  have  been 
received. We cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In 
addition,  project  cancellations  or  scope  adjustments  may  occur,  from  time  to  time,  with  respect  to  contracts  reflected  in  our 
backlog.  For  example,  certain  of  our  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  other  clients  are  terminable  at  the 
discretion  of  the  client,  with  or  without  cause.  These  types  of  backlog  reductions  could  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and 
margins. As a result of these factors, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

Cyber security breaches of our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate. 

We  develop,  install  and  maintain  information  technology  systems  for  ourselves,  as  well  as  for  customers.  Client 
contracts for the performance of information technology services, as well as various privacy and securities laws, require us to 
manage  and  protect  sensitive  and  confidential  information,  including  federal  and  other  government  information,  from 
disclosure.  We  also  need  to  protect  our  own  internal  trade  secrets  and  other  business  confidential  information,  as  well  as 
personal data of our employees and contractors, from disclosure. For example, the European Union's General Data Protection 
Regulation  ("GDPR")  extends  the  scope  of  the  European  Union  data  protection  laws  to  all  companies  processing  data  of 
European Union residents, regardless of the company's location. In addition, the California  Consumer Privacy Act  ("CCPA") 
increases  the  penalties  for  data  privacy  incidents.  The  GDPR  and  CCPA  are  just  examples  of  privacy  regulations  that  are 
emerging in locations where we work.

26 

We  face  the  threat  to  our  computer  systems  of  unauthorized  access,  computer  hackers,  computer  viruses,  malicious 
code,  organized  cyber-attacks  and  other  security  problems  and  system  disruptions,  including  possible  unauthorized  access  to 
our  and  our  clients'  proprietary  or  classified  information. We  rely  on  industry-accepted  security  measures  and  technology  to 
securely maintain all confidential and proprietary information on our information systems. In addition, we rely on the security 
of  third-party  service  providers,  vendors,  and  cloud  services  providers  to  protect  confidential  data.  In  the  ordinary  course  of 
business, we have been targeted by malicious cyber-attacks. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate 
confidential  or  proprietary  information,  including  information  regarding  us,  our  personnel  and/or  our  clients,  or  cause 
interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against 
the threat of these system disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these disruptions and breaches.

 We also rely in part on third-party software and information technology vendors to run our critical accounting, project 
management  and  financial  information  systems.  We  depend  on  our  software  and  information  technology  vendors  to  provide 
long-term software and hardware support for our information systems. Our software and information technology vendors may 
decide to discontinue further development, integration or long-term software and hardware support for our information systems, 
in  which  case  we  may  need  to  abandon  one  or  more  of  our  current  information  systems  and  migrate  some  or  all  of  our 
accounting, project management and financial information to other systems, thus increasing our operational expense, as well as 
disrupting the management of our business operations. Any of these events could damage our reputation and have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

If our business partners fail to perform their contractual obligations on a project, we could be exposed to legal liability, 
loss of reputation and profit reduction or loss on the project. 

We  routinely  enter  into  subcontracts  and,  occasionally,  joint  ventures,  teaming  arrangements,  and  other  contractual 
arrangements so that we can jointly bid and perform on a particular project. Success under these arrangements depends in large 
part on whether our business partners fulfill their contractual obligations satisfactorily. In addition, when we operate through a 
joint  venture  in  which  we  are  a  minority  holder,  we  have  limited  control  over  many  project  decisions,  including  decisions 
related to the joint venture’s internal controls, which may not be subject to the same internal control procedures that we employ. 
If  these  unaffiliated  third  parties  do  not  fulfill  their  contract  obligations,  the  partnerships  or  joint  ventures  may  be  unable  to 
adequately  perform  and  deliver  their  contracted  services.  Under  these  circumstances,  we  may  be  obligated  to  pay  financial 
penalties, provide additional services to ensure the adequate performance and delivery of the contracted services, and may be 
jointly and severally liable for the other’s actions or contract performance. These additional obligations could result in reduced 
profits and revenues or, in some  cases, significant losses for us with respect to the joint venture, which could also  affect our 
reputation in the industries we serve. 

If  our  contractors  and  subcontractors  fail  to  satisfy  their  obligations  to  us  or  other  parties,  or  if  we  are  unable  to 
maintain these relationships, our revenue, profitability, and growth prospects could be adversely affected. 

We depend on contractors and subcontractors in conducting our business. There is a risk that we may have disputes 
with our subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor, 
client  concerns  about  the  subcontractor,  or  our  failure  to  extend  existing  task  orders  or  issue  new  task  orders  under  a 
subcontract.  In  addition,  if  a  subcontractor  fails  to  deliver  on  a  timely  basis  the  agreed-upon  supplies,  fails  to  perform  the 
agreed-upon services, or goes out of business, then we may be required to purchase the services or supplies from another source 
at a higher price, and our ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. This may reduce the profit 
to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services or supplies are needed. 

We also rely on relationships with other contractors when we act as their subcontractor or joint venture partner. The 
absence  of  qualified  subcontractors  with  which  we  have  a  satisfactory  relationship  could  adversely  affect  the  quality  of  our 
service  and our  ability to perform  under some of our  contracts.  Our future revenue and growth prospects could be adversely 
affected  if  other  contractors  eliminate  or  reduce  their  subcontracts  or  teaming  arrangement  relationships  with  us,  or  if  a 
government agency terminates or reduces these other contractors’ programs, does not award them new contracts, or refuses to 
pay under a contract. 

Our failure to meet contractual schedule or performance requirements that we have guaranteed could adversely affect 
our operating results.

In  certain  circumstances,  we  can  incur  liquidated  or  other  damages  if  we  do  not  achieve  project  completion  by  a 
scheduled  date.  If  we  or  an  entity  for  which  we  have  provided  a  guarantee  subsequently  fails  to  complete  the  project  as 
scheduled and the matter cannot be satisfactorily resolved with the client, we may be responsible for cost impacts to the client 
resulting from  any delay or the cost  to complete  the project. Our costs  generally increase from  schedule delays and/or could 
exceed our projections for a particular project. In addition, project performance can be affected by a number of factors beyond 
our control, including unavoidable delays from governmental inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain financing, weather 
conditions,  unavailability  of  vendor  materials,  changes  in  the  project  scope  of  services  requested  by  our  clients,  industrial 
accidents, environmental hazards, labor disruptions and other factors. As a result, material performance problems for existing 

27 

and future contracts could cause actual results of operations to differ from those anticipated by us and could cause us to suffer 
damage to our reputation within our industry and client base. 

New legal requirements could adversely affect our operating results.

Our  business  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  passage  of  climate  change,  defense, 
environmental, infrastructure and other legislation, policies and regulations. Growing concerns about climate change may result 
in the imposition of additional environmental regulations. For example, legislation, international protocols, regulation or other 
restrictions  on  emissions  could  increase  the  costs  of  projects  for  our  clients  or,  in  some  cases,  prevent  a  project  from  going 
forward,  thereby  potentially  reducing  the  need  for  our  services.  In  addition,  relaxation  or  repeal  of  laws  and  regulations,  or 
changes in governmental policies regarding environmental, defense, infrastructure or other industries we serve could result in a 
decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenues. We cannot predict when or whether any 
of these various proposals may be enacted or what their effect will be on us or on our customers. 

Changes  in  resource  management,  environmental,  or  infrastructure  industry  laws,  regulations,  and  programs  could 
directly or indirectly reduce the demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue. 

Some  of our services  are  directly or indirectly impacted by  changes in U.S. federal,  state, local  or foreign laws  and 
regulations  pertaining  to  the  resource  management,  environmental,  and  infrastructure  industries. Accordingly,  a  relaxation  or 
repeal of these laws and regulations, or changes in governmental policies regarding the funding, implementation or enforcement 
of these programs, could result in a decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue. 

Changes in capital markets could adversely affect our access to capital and negatively impact our business. 

Our  results  could  be  adversely  affected  by  an  inability  to  access  the  revolving  credit  facility  under  our  credit 
agreement.  Unfavorable  financial  or  economic  conditions  could  impact  certain  lenders'  willingness  or  ability  to  fund  our 
revolving credit facility. In addition, increases in interest rates or credit spreads, volatility in financial markets or the interest 
rate  environment,  significant  political  or  economic  events,  defaults  of  significant  issuers,  and  other  market  and  economic 
factors, may negatively impact the general level of debt issuance, the debt issuance plans of certain categories of borrowers, the 
types of credit-sensitive products being offered, and/or a sustained period of market decline or weakness could have a material 
adverse effect on us.  

Restrictive covenants in our credit agreement may restrict our ability to pursue certain business strategies. 

Our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability to, among other things: 

•

•

incur additional indebtedness; 

create liens securing debt or other encumbrances on our assets; 

• make loans or advances; 

•

•

•

•

•

pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders; 

purchase or redeem our stock; 

repay indebtedness that is junior to indebtedness under our credit agreement; 

acquire the assets of, or merge or consolidate with, other companies; and 

sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of assets. 

Our credit agreement also requires that we maintain certain financial ratios, which we may not be able to achieve. The 
covenants  may  impair  our  ability  to  finance  future  operations  or  capital  needs  or  to  engage  in  other  favorable  business 
activities. 

Our industry is highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete effectively, which could result in reduced revenue, 
profitability and market share. 

We are engaged in a highly competitive business. The markets we serve are highly fragmented and we compete with 
many regional,  national  and  international  companies.  Certain  of  these  competitors  have greater  financial  and other resources 
than we do. Others are smaller and more specialized and concentrate their resources in particular areas of expertise. The extent 
of our competition varies according to certain markets and geographic area. In addition, the technical and professional aspects 
of  some  of  our  services  generally  do  not  require  large  upfront  capital  expenditures  and  provide  limited  barriers  against  new 
competitors.  Our  clients  make  competitive  determinations  based  upon  qualifications,  experience,  performance,  reputation, 
technology, customer relationships and ability to provide the relevant services in a timely, safe and cost-efficient manner. This 
competitive environment could force us to make price concessions or otherwise reduce prices for our services. If we are unable 
to maintain our competitiveness and win bids for future projects, our market share, revenue, and profits will decline. 

28 

Legal proceedings, investigations, and disputes could result in substantial monetary penalties and damages, especially if 
such penalties and damages exceed or are excluded from existing insurance coverage. 

We engage in consulting, engineering, program management, and technical services that can result in substantial injury 
or damages that may expose us to legal proceedings, investigations, and disputes. For example, in the ordinary course of our 
business,  we  may  be  involved  in  legal  disputes  regarding  personal  injury  claims,  employee  or  labor  disputes,  professional 
liability  claims,  and  general  commercial  disputes  involving  project  cost  overruns  and  liquidated  damages,  as  well  as  other 
claims. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we frequently make professional judgments and recommendations 
about environmental and engineering conditions of project sites for our clients, and we may be deemed to be responsible for 
these  judgments  and  recommendations  if  they  are  later determined  to  be  inaccurate. Any  unfavorable  legal  ruling  against  us 
could result in substantial monetary damages or even criminal violations. We maintain insurance coverage as part of our overall 
legal and risk management strategy to minimize our potential liabilities; however, insurance coverage contains exclusions and 
other limitations that may not cover our potential liabilities. Generally, our insurance program covers workers’ compensation 
and  employer’s  liability,  general  liability,  automobile  liability,  professional  errors  and  omissions  liability,  property,  and 
contractor’s pollution liability (in addition to other policies for specific projects). Our insurance program includes deductibles 
or  self-insured  retentions  for  each  covered  claim  that  may  increase  over  time.  In  addition,  our  insurance  policies  contain 
exclusions that insurance providers may use  to deny or  restrict coverage. Excess liability and professional liability insurance 
policies  provide  for  coverage  on  a  “claims-made”  basis,  covering  only  claims  actually  made  and  reported  during  the  policy 
period currently in effect. If we sustain liabilities that exceed or that are excluded from our insurance coverage, or for which we 
are not insured, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

Unavailability  or  cancellation  of  third-party  insurance  coverage  would  increase  our  overall  risk  exposure  as  well  as 
disrupt the management of our business operations. 

We maintain insurance coverage from third-party insurers as part of our overall risk management strategy and because 
some of our contracts require us to maintain specific insurance coverage limits. If any of our third-party insurers fail, suddenly 
cancel our coverage, or otherwise are unable to provide us with adequate insurance coverage, then our overall risk exposure and 
our operational expenses would increase, and the management of our business operations would be disrupted. In addition, there 
can be no assurance that any of our existing insurance coverage will be renewable upon the expiration of the coverage period or 
that future coverage will be affordable at the required limits. 

Our  inability  to  obtain  adequate  bonding  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  future  revenue  and  business 
prospects. 

Certain clients require bid bonds, and performance and payment bonds. These bonds indemnify the client should we 
fail  to  perform  our  obligations  under  a  contract.  If  a  bond  is  required  for  a  certain  project  and  we  are  unable  to  obtain  an 
appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project. In some instances, we are required to co-venture with a small or disadvantaged 
business to  pursue certain government contracts. In connection  with these ventures, we are  sometimes required to utilize our 
bonding capacity to cover all of the obligations under the contract with the client. We have a bonding facility but, as is typically 
the case, the issuance of bonds under that facility is at the surety’s sole discretion. Moreover, bonding may be more difficult to 
obtain or may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available 
to us on reasonable terms. Our inability to obtain adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have a material 
adverse effect on our future revenue and business prospects.

Employee, agent, or partner misconduct, or our failure to comply with anti-bribery and other laws or regulations, could 
harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions. 

Misconduct,  fraud,  non-compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  or  other  improper  activities  by one  of  our 
employees, agents, or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Such misconduct could 
include  the  failure  to  comply  with  government  procurement  regulations,  regulations  regarding  the  protection  of  classified 
information, regulations prohibiting bribery and other foreign corrupt practices, regulations regarding the pricing of labor and 
other costs in government contracts, regulations on lobbying or similar activities, regulations pertaining to the internal controls 
over financial reporting, environmental laws, and any other applicable laws or regulations. For example, as previously noted, 
the FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making 
improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance 
with these regulations and laws, and we take precautions to prevent and detect misconduct. However, since our internal controls 
are subject to inherent limitations, including human error, it is possible that these controls could be intentionally circumvented 
or  become  inadequate  because  of  changed  conditions.  As  a  result,  we  cannot  assure  that  our  controls  will  protect  us  from 
reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or 
acts  of  misconduct  could  subject  us  to  fines  and  penalties,  loss  of  security  clearances,  and  suspension  or  debarment  from 
contracting, any or all of which could harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil 
enforcement actions. 

29 

Our business activities may require our employees to travel to and work in countries where there are high security risks, 
which may result in employee death or injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs. 

Certain  of  our  contracts  may  require  our  employees  travel  to  and  work  in  high-risk  countries  that  are  undergoing 
political, social, and economic upheavals resulting from war, civil unrest, criminal activity, acts of terrorism, or public health 
crises. For example, we currently have employees working in high security risk countries such as Afghanistan and Iraq. As a 
result, we risk loss of or injury to our employees and may be subject to costs related to employee death or injury, repatriation, or 
other  unforeseen  circumstances.  We  may  choose  or  be  forced  to  leave  a  country  with  little  or  no  warning  due  to  physical 
security risks.  

Our failure to implement and comply with our safety program could adversely affect our operating results or financial 
condition.  

Our project sites often put our employees and others in close proximity with mechanized equipment, moving vehicles, 
chemical and manufacturing processes, and highly regulated materials. On some project sites, we may be responsible for safety, 
and, accordingly, we have an obligation to implement effective safety procedures. Our safety program is a fundamental element 
of our overall approach to risk management, and the implementation of the safety program is a significant issue in our dealings 
with our clients. We maintain an enterprise-wide group of health and safety professionals to help ensure that the services we 
provide are delivered safely and in accordance with standard work processes. Unsafe job sites and office environments have the 
potential to increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, expose us to types and levels of risk that 
are fundamentally unacceptable, and raise our operating costs. The implementation of our safety processes and procedures are 
monitored by various agencies, including the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”), and rating bureaus, and 
may be evaluated by certain clients in cases in which safety requirements have been established in our contracts. Our failure to 
meet  these  requirements  or  our  failure  to  properly  implement  and  comply  with  our  safety  program  could  result  in  reduced 
profitability,  the  loss  of  projects  or  clients,  or  potential  litigation,  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
operating results, or financial condition. 

We may be precluded from providing certain services due to conflict of interest issues. 

Many of our clients are concerned about potential or actual conflicts of interest in retaining management consultants. 
U.S.  federal  government  agencies  have  formal  policies  against  continuing  or  awarding  contracts  that  would  create  actual  or 
potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or performing 
government  contracts  resulting  from  or  relating  to  certain  work  we  have  performed.  In  addition,  services  performed  for  a 
commercial or government client may create a conflict of interest that precludes or limits our ability to obtain work from other 
public or private organizations. We have, on occasion, declined to bid on projects due to conflict of interest issues. 

If our reports and opinions are not in compliance with professional standards and other regulations, we could be subject 
to monetary damages and penalties. 

We  issue  reports  and  opinions  to  clients  based  on  our  professional  engineering  expertise,  as  well  as  our  other 
professional  credentials.  Our  reports  and  opinions  may  need  to  comply  with  professional  standards,  licensing  requirements, 
securities regulations, and other laws and rules governing the performance of professional services in the jurisdiction in which 
the services are performed. In addition, we could be liable to third parties who use or rely upon our reports or opinions even if 
we  are  not  contractually  bound  to  those  third  parties.  For  example,  if  we  deliver  an  inaccurate  report  or  one  that  is  not  in 
compliance  with  the  relevant standards,  and  that  report  is made  available  to  a  third  party,  we  could  be  subject  to  third-party 
liability, resulting in monetary damages and penalties. 

We may be subject to liabilities under environmental laws and regulations. 

Our  services  are  subject  to  numerous  U.S.  and  international  environmental  protection  laws  and  regulations  that  are 
complex and stringent. For example, we must comply with a number of U.S. federal government laws that strictly regulate the 
handling,  removal,  treatment,  transportation,  and  disposal  of  toxic  and  hazardous  substances.  Under  the  Comprehensive 
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), and comparable state laws, we 
may  be  required  to  investigate  and  remediate  regulated  hazardous  materials.  CERCLA  and  comparable  state  laws  typically 
impose  strict,  joint  and  several  liabilities  without  regard  to  whether  a  company  knew  of  or  caused  the  release  of  hazardous 
substances.  The  liability  for  the  entire  cost  of  clean-up  could  be  imposed  upon  any  responsible  party.  Other  principal  U.S. 
federal  environmental,  health,  and  safety  laws  affecting  us  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  Resource  Conservation  and 
Recovery Act, National Environmental Policy Act, the Clean Air Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Federal Mine 
Safety  and  Health  Act  of  1977  (the  “Mine  Act”),  the  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act,  and  the  Superfund  Amendments  and 
Reauthorization  Act.  Our  business  operations  may  also  be  subject  to  similar  state  and  international  laws  relating  to 
environmental  protection.  Further,  past  business  practices  at  companies  that  we  have  acquired  may  also  expose  us  to  future 
unknown  environmental  liabilities.  Liabilities  related  to  environmental  contamination  or  human  exposure  to  hazardous 
substances, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs to us, including clean-up costs, 

30 

fines,  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  and  third-party  claims  for  property  damage  or  personal  injury  or  cessation  of  remediation 
activities. Our continuing work in the areas governed by these laws and regulations exposes us to the risk of substantial liability. 

Force  majeure  events,  including  natural  disasters,  pandemics  and  terrorist  actions,  could  negatively  impact  the 
economies  in  which  we  operate  or  disrupt  our  operations,  which  may  affect  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations, or cash flows. 

Force  majeure  or  extraordinary  events  beyond  the  control  of  the  contracting  parties,  such  as  natural  and  man-made 
disasters, as well as pandemics and terrorist actions, could negatively impact the economies in which we operate by causing the 
closure of offices, interrupting projects, and forcing the relocation of employees. We typically remain obligated to perform our 
services  after  a  terrorist  action  or  natural  disaster  unless  the  contract  contains  a  force  majeure  clause  that  relieves  us  of  our 
contractual obligations in such an extraordinary event. If we are not able to react quickly to force majeure, our operations may 
be affected significantly, which would have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

We  have  only  a  limited  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  and  our  failure  to  protect  our  intellectual 
property rights could adversely affect our competitive position. 

We  rely  upon  a  combination of  nondisclosure  agreements  and  other  contractual  arrangements,  as  well  as  copyright, 
trademark, patent and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary information. We also enter into proprietary information and 
intellectual property agreements with employees, which require them to disclose any inventions created during employment, to 
convey  such  rights  to  inventions  to  us,  and  to  restrict  any  disclosure  of  proprietary  information. Trade  secrets  are  generally 
difficult to protect. Although our employees are subject to confidentiality obligations, this protection may be inadequate to deter 
or prevent misappropriation of our confidential information and/or the infringement of our patents and copyrights. Further, we 
may be unable to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property or otherwise take appropriate steps to enforce our rights. 
Failure to adequately protect, maintain, or enforce our intellectual property rights may adversely limit our competitive position. 

Assertions  by  third  parties  of  infringement,  misappropriation  or  other  violations  by  us  of  their  intellectual  property 
rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business, financial condition and operating results. 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in technology industries. We 
may  face from time to time, allegations that we  or a  supplier or customer have violated the rights of third parties, including 
patent,  trademark,  and  other  intellectual  property  rights.  If,  with  respect  to  any  claim  against  us  for  violation  of  third-party 
intellectual  property  rights,  we  are  unable  to  prevail  in  the  litigation  or  retain  or  obtain  sufficient  rights  or  develop  non-
infringing  intellectual  property  or  otherwise  alter  our  business  practices  on  a  timely  or  cost-efficient  basis,  our  business, 
financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.

Any infringement, misappropriation or related claims, whether or not meritorious, are time consuming, divert technical 
and management personnel, and are costly to resolve. As a result of any such dispute, we may have to develop non-infringing 
technology, pay damages, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, cease utilizing products or services, or take other actions 
to resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or unavailable on terms acceptable to us.  

General Risk Factors 

Our stock price could become more volatile and stockholders’ investments could lose value. 

In addition to the macroeconomic factors that have affected the prices of many securities generally, all of the factors 
discussed in this section could affect our stock price. Our common stock has previously experienced substantial price volatility. 
In  addition,  the  stock  market  has  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  affected  the  market  price  of 
many companies, and that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. The trading price of our 
common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, including quarter-to-quarter variations in our financial results, 
such as  revenue, profits, days sales outstanding, backlog, and other measures of financial performance  or financial condition 
(which factors may, themselves, be affected by the factors described below):

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

loss of key employees; 

the number and significance of client contracts commenced and completed during a quarter; 

creditworthiness and solvency of clients; 

the ability of our clients to terminate contracts without penalties; 

general economic or political conditions; 

unanticipated  changes  in  contract  performance  that  may  affect  profitability,  particularly  with  contracts  that  are 
fixed-price or have funding limits; 

contract  negotiations  on  change  orders,  requests  for  equitable  adjustment,  and  collections  of  related  billed  and 
unbilled accounts receivable; 

31 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

seasonality of the spending cycle of our public sector clients, notably the U.S. federal government, the spending 
patterns of our commercial sector clients, and weather conditions; 

budget constraints experienced by our U.S. federal, and state and local government clients; 

integration of acquired companies; 

changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-outs;  

divestiture or discontinuance of operating units; 

employee hiring, utilization and turnover rates; 

delays incurred in connection with a contract; 

the size, scope and payment terms of contracts; 

the timing of expenses incurred for corporate initiatives; 

reductions in the prices of services offered by our competitors; 

threatened or pending litigation; 

legislative and regulatory enforcement policy changes that may affect demand for our services;  

the impairment of goodwill or identifiable intangible assets;  

the fluctuation of a foreign currency exchange rate;  

stock-based compensation expense; 

actual events, circumstances, outcomes, and amounts differing from judgments, assumptions, and estimates used 
in determining the value of certain assets (including the amounts of related valuation allowances), liabilities, and 
other items reflected in our consolidated financial statements; 

success in executing our strategy and operating plans; 

changes in tax laws or regulations or accounting rules;  

results of income tax examinations;  

the  timing  of  announcements  in  the  public  markets  regarding  new  services  or  potential  problems  with  the 
performance of services by us or our competitors, or any other material announcements; 

speculation in the media and analyst community, changes in recommendations or earnings estimates by financial 
analysts, changes in investors’ or analysts’ valuation measures for our stock, and market trends unrelated  to our 
stock; 

our announcements concerning the payment of dividends or the repurchase of our shares; 

resolution of threatened or pending litigation; 

changes in investors’ and analysts’ perceptions of our business or any of our competitors’ businesses; 

changes in environmental legislation; 

broader market fluctuations; and 

general economic or political conditions. 

A significant drop in the price of our stock could expose us to the risk of securities class action lawsuits, which could 
result  in  substantial  costs  and  divert  management’s  attention  and  resources,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business. 
Additionally,  volatility  or  a  lack  of  positive  performance  in  our  stock  price  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  retain  key 
employees,  many  of  whom  are  awarded  equity  securities,  the  value  of  which  is  dependent  on  the  performance  of  our  stock 
price. 

Delaware law and our charter documents may impede or discourage a merger, takeover, or other business combination 
even if the business combination would have been in the short-term best interests of our stockholders. 

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law impose various impediments to the 
ability of a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, 
our Board of Directors has the power, without stockholder approval, to designate the terms of one or more series of preferred 
stock and issue shares of preferred stock, which could be used defensively if a takeover is threatened. These features, as well as 
provisions  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws,  such  as  those  relating  to  advance  notice  of  certain  stockholder 
proposals  and  nominations,  could  impede  a  merger,  takeover,  or  other  business  combination  involving  us,  or  discourage  a 
potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common stock, even if the business combination would have been in the 
best interests of our current stockholders.

Item 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments  

None. 

32 

Item 2.    Properties 

At  fiscal  2021 year-end,  we  leased  approximately  450  operating  facilities  in  domestic  and  foreign  locations.  Our 
significant  lease  agreements  expire  at  various  dates  through  2032. We  believe  that  our  current  facilities  are  adequate  for  the 
operation of our business, and that suitable additional space in various local markets is available to accommodate any needs that 
may arise. 

The following table summarizes our ten most significant leased properties by location based on annual rental expenses 

(listed alphabetically, except for our corporate headquarters): 

Location

Pasadena, CA

Adelaide, South Australia, Australia

Arlington, VA

Boston, MA

Irvine, CA

London, United Kingdom

Melbourne, Victoria, Australia

New York, NY

Orlando, FL

Perth, Western Australia, Australia

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings  

Description
Corporate Headquarters

Reportable Segment
Corporate

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

Office Building

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG / CIG

GSG

GSG / CIG

CIG

For  a  description  of  our  material  pending  legal  and  regulatory  proceedings  and  settlements,  see  Note 17, 

"Commitments and Contingencies" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures 

Section 1503  of  the  Dodd-Frank Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection Act  (the "Dodd-Frank Act")  requires 
domestic mine operators to disclose violations and orders issued under the Mine Act by MSHA. We do not act as the owner of 
any mines, but we may act as a mining operator as defined under the Mine Act where we may be an independent contractor 
performing  services  or  construction  at  such  mine.  Information  concerning  mine  safety  violations  or  other  regulatory  matters 
required by Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K is included in Exhibit 95. 

33 

PART II 

Item 5.    Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 
Securities 

Market Information 

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  TTEK.  There  were 

approximately 1,150 stockholders of record at October 3, 2021.  

Stock-Based Compensation 

For information regarding our stock-based compensation, see Note 11, "Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation 

Plans" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Performance Graph 

The following graph shows a comparison of our cumulative  total returns with  those of the  NASDAQ Market Index 
and the Standard & Poor's ("S&P") 1000 Index. At this time, we do not have a comparable peer group due to the combination of 
our differentiated high-end consulting services and our end-markets. Thus, we have selected the S&P 1000 Index. The graph 
assumes that the value of an investment in our common stock and in each such index was $100 on October 2, 2016, and that all 
dividends  have  been  reinvested.  Dividends  declared  and  paid  in  fiscal  2021  totaled  $0.74  per  share.  We  declared  and  paid 
dividends in the first and second quarters totaling $0.34 per share ($0.17 each quarter) on our common stock and paid dividends 
in  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  totaling  $0.40  per  share  ($0.20  each  quarter)  on  our  common  stock.  We  declared  and  paid 
dividends totaling $0.64, $0.54, $0.44 and $0.38 per share in fiscal 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The comparison in 
the graph below is based on historical data and is not intended to forecast the possible future performance of our common stock. 

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON OCTOBER 2, 2016 
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 3, 2021 

Tetra Tech, Inc.
NASDAQ Market Index

S&P 1000 Index

2016
$ 100.00
100.00

2017
$ 132.40 
123.68 

2018
$ 195.86 
154.82 

2019
$ 245.59 
154.46

2020
$ 265.88
214.36

2021
$ 444.98 
288.08 

100.00

118.60 

137.22 

130.15

122.60

188.72 

The performance graph above and related text are being furnished solely to accompany this annual report on Form 10-
K pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and are 
not  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  of  our  filings  with  the  SEC,  whether  made  before  or  after  the  date  hereof, 
regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. 

34 

Stock Repurchase Program 

On January 27, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a $200 million stock repurchase program, which was included 
in our remaining balance of $207.8 million as of fiscal 2020 year-end. In fiscal 2021, we repurchased and settled 479,369 shares 
with an average price of $125.16 per share for a total cost of $60.0 million in the open market. At October 3, 2021, we had a 
remaining balance of $147.8 million under our stock repurchase program.  

Below  is  a  summary  of  the  stock  repurchases  that  were  traded  and  settled  during  the  12  months  ended  October 3, 

2021: 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

Average Price
Paid per Share

45,574 $

46,975

42,864

33,790

37,992

42,519

32,405

41,534

44,524

32,956

44,543

33,693

102.67 

110.67 

119.50 

125.46 

132.50 

134.69 

136.36 

125.17 

120.88 

123.77 

134.67 

146.10 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs

45,574

$

46,975

42,864

33,790

37,992

42,519

32,405

41,534

44,524

32,956

44,543

33,693

Maximum
Dollar Value
that May Yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs (in 
thousands)

203,134 

197,935 

192,813 

188,574 

183,540 

177,813 

173,394 

168,195 

162,813 

158,734 

152,736 

147,813 

Period

September 28, 2020 - October 25, 2020

October 26, 2020 - November 22, 2020

November 23, 2020 - December 27, 2020

December 28, 2020 - January 24, 2021

January 25, 2021 - February 21, 2021

February 22, 2021 - March 28, 2021

March 29, 2021 - April 25, 2021

April 26, 2021 - May 23, 2021

May 24, 2021 - June 27, 2021

June 28, 2021 - July 25, 2021

July 26, 2021 - August 29, 2021

August 30, 2021 - October 3, 2021

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

Not applicable as we applied the amendment of Regulation S-K Item 301, which became effective for the fiscal year 

ended October 3, 2021. 

35 

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Part I of 
this report, as well as our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Item 8. The following analysis contains 
forward-looking statements about our future results of operations and expectations. Our actual results and the timing of events 
could  differ  materially  from  those  described  herein.  See  Part 1,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a  discussion  of  the  risks, 
assumptions, and uncertainties affecting these statements. 

OVERVIEW OF RESULTS AND BUSINESS TRENDS  

General.  As the coronavirus disease 2019 ("COVID-19") spread globally, we responded quickly to ensure the health 
and safety of our employees, clients and the communities we support. Our high-end consulting focus and the technologies we 
deployed have allowed our staff to support clients and projects remotely without interruption. We remain focused on providing 
clients with the highest level of service and our 450 global offices are operational, supporting our programs and projects. By 
Leading  with  Science®,  we  are  responding  to  the  challenges  of  COVID-19,  with  the  commitment  of  our  21,000  associates 
supported  by  technological  innovation.  Our  government  business,  which  represents  approximately  60%  of  our  revenue,  has 
been stable, while our commercial business experienced more impact. Much of our commercial business has continued due to 
regulatory  drivers,  but  we  have  seen  project  delays  in  the  industrial  sectors.  Our  diversified  end-markets  have  allowed  us  to 
redeploy staff to areas of uninterrupted or increased demand, and we have made decisions to align our cost structures with our 
clients' projects. The actions we have taken to navigate through this worldwide pandemic, the strength of our balance sheet, and 
our technical leadership position us well to address the global challenges of providing clean water, environmental restoration, 
and the impacts of climate change.

In  fiscal  2021,  our  revenue  increased  7.3%  compared  to  fiscal  2020.  This  year-over-year  growth  primarily  reflects 
increased activity with government clients, both U.S. and international, as federal and local government agency spending has 
been a source of economic stability and stimulus during the COVID-19 pandemic. However, this growth was partially offset by 
lower commercial activity, which has been slower to recover to pre-pandemic levels. Our revenue also includes contributions 
from  acquisitions  that  did  not  contribute  to  our  revenue  in  fiscal  2020.  Our  year-over-year  revenue  comparisons  were  also 
impacted by the decision to dispose of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities in fiscal 2019 and the subsequent wind-down 
of those activities in fiscal 2020.

U.S.  State  and  Local  Government.    Our  U.S.  state  and  local  government  revenue  increased  22.2%  in  fiscal  2021 
compared to last fiscal year. The increase reflects continued broad-based growth in our U.S. state and local government project-
related infrastructure business, particularly with increased revenue from municipal water infrastructure work in the metropolitan 
areas  of  California, Texas,  and  Florida.  Our  disaster  response  activities  also  increased  compared  to fiscal  2020.  Most  of  our 
work for U.S. state and local governments relates to critical water and environmental programs, which we expect to continue to 
grow next year. The risk of budgetary constraints to our clients is mitigated with the passage of the American Rescue Plan Act 
of 2021, signed into law on March 11, 2021, which provides financial support for state and local governments. 

U.S.  Federal  Government.  Our  U.S.  federal  government  revenue  increased  8.8%  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal 
2020. This increase includes contributions from acquisitions, which did not have comparable revenue in last fiscal year. During 
periods  of  economic  volatility,  including  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  our  U.S.  federal  government  business  has 
historically been the most stable and predictable. We expect our U.S. federal government revenue to grow in fiscal 2022 due to 
continued increased advanced analytics activity, and the current administration's focus on long-term infrastructure and climate 
change. 

U.S. Commercial.  Our U.S. commercial revenue decreased 5.4% in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. The decline 
was  primarily  due  to  reduced  industrial  activity  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  We  currently  expect  our  U.S. 
commercial revenue to grow in fiscal 2022 primarily with clients focused on environmental programs, including meeting net 
zero  carbon  goals,  and  from  higher  demand  for  renewable  energy;  however,  if  conditions  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic 
worsen or are prolonged, it could have a negative impact on our revenue for fiscal 2022. 

International. Our international revenue increased 7.9% in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. The revenue growth 
primarily  reflects  government  stimulus  spending  on  infrastructure,  increased  commercial  activity  related  to  new  regulatory 
requirements  for  sustainability,  and  fewer  restrictions  related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Our  revenue  also  includes 
contributions  from  acquisitions  that  did  not  contribute  to  our  revenue  in  fiscal  2020. We  expect  these  trends  and  the  related 
growth in our international work to continue in fiscal 2022.

36 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

Fiscal 2021 Compared to Fiscal 2020 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Impairment of goodwill

Income from operations

Interest expense – net

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Diluted earnings per share

$

$

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

3,213,513 

$

2,994,891 

$ 218,622 

(661,341)

2,552,172 

(646,319)

2,348,572 

(15,022)

203,600 

(2,053,772)

(1,902,037)

(151,735)

498,400 

(222,972)

3,273 

— 

278,701 

(11,831)

266,870 

(34,039)

232,831 

(21)

232,810 

4.26 

$

$

446,535 

(204,615)

14,971 

(15,800)

241,091 

(13,100)

227,991 

(54,101)

173,890 

(31)

173,859 

3.16 

51,865 

(18,357)

(11,698)

15,800 

37,610 

1,269 

38,879 

20,062 

58,941 

10 

58,951 

1.10 

$

$

7.3%

(2.3)

8.7
(8.0)

11.6
(9.0)

(78.1)

NM

15.6
9.7

17.1
37.1

33.9
32.3

33.9

34.8

(1)          We believe  that the presentation  of  "Revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs",  which is a non-U.S.  GAAP  financial  measure,  enhances  investors'  ability  to 
analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of providing services, we 
routinely subcontract various services and, under certain international development programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor costs and grants are 
passed through to our clients and, in accordance with U.S. GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is our contractual responsibility to 
procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to project and period to period, changes in revenue may 
not  necessarily  be  indicative  of  our  business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate  subcontractor  costs  from  revenue  to  promote  a  better  understanding  of  our 
business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with external service providers.
NM = not meaningful

In fiscal 2021, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $218.6 million, or 7.3%, and $203.6 million, 
or 8.7%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2020. Excluding the net contributions from acquisitions and the impact of the disposal 
of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities, our revenue increased 3.2% in fiscal 2021 compared to last fiscal year.  Our GSG 
segment's  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $164.0  million,  or  9.2%,  and  $120.3  million,  or  9.3%, 
respectively, in fiscal 2021 compared to the prior fiscal year. Our CIG segment's revenue increased $59.6 million, or 4.7%, and 
revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $82.7 million, or 7.9% in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Our fiscal 2021 
for  our  GSG  and  CIG  segments  are  described  below  under  "Government  Services  Group"  and 
results 
"Commercial/International Services Group", respectively.

The  following  table  reconciles  our  reported  results  to  non-U.S.  GAAP  adjusted  results,  which  exclude  certain  non-
operating  accounting-related  adjustments,  such  as  gains  on  non-core  dispositions,  gains  from  adjustments  to  contingent 
considerations, goodwill impairment charges, non-recurring costs to address COVID-19, and non-recurring tax items. The gains 
on non-core dispositions in fiscal 2020 relate to the disposal of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities that commenced in the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. The goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2020 did not have related tax benefits. Excluding this 
charge, the effective tax rates applied to the adjustments to earnings per share ("EPS") to arrive at adjusted EPS averaged 25% 
and 24% for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively. We applied the relevant marginal statutory tax rate based on the nature of the 
adjustments  and  tax  jurisdiction  in  which  they  occur.  Both  EPS  and  adjusted  EPS  were  calculated  using  diluted  weighted-
average common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

37 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2020, we took actions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic to ensure the health 
and safety of our employees, clients, and communities. These actions included activating our Business Continuity Plan globally, 
which  enabled  95%  of  our  workforce  to  work  remotely  and  all  of  our  global  offices  to  remain  operational  supporting  our 
programs  and  projects.  This  required  incremental  costs  for  employee  relocation,  expansion  of  our  virtual  private  network 
capabilities,  enhanced  security,  and  sanitizing  of  our  offices.  In  addition,  we  incurred  severance  costs  to  right-size  select 
operations where projects were cancelled specifically due to COVID-19 concerns and the resulting macroeconomic conditions. 
These incremental costs totaled $8.2 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2020. Although the charges were recognized in the 
second quarter of fiscal 2020, substantially all of these costs were paid in cash in the third quarter of fiscal 2020.

Income from operations
Earn-out adjustments

COVID-19

Non-core dispositions

Impairment of goodwill

Adjusted income from operations (1)

EPS

Earn-out adjustments

COVID-19

Non-core dispositions

Impairment of goodwill

Non-recurring tax items

Adjusted EPS (1)

NM = not meaningful
(1)    Non-U.S. GAAP financial measure

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

$

278,701 

$

241,091 

$

$

$

(3,273)

— 

— 

— 

275,428 

4.26 

(0.04)

— 

— 

— 

(0.43)

$

$

(13,371)

8,233 

(8,525)

15,800 

243,228 

3.16 

(0.18)

0.11 

(0.12)

0.29 

— 

$

$

$

3.79 

$

3.26 

$

Change

$
37,610

10,098

(8,233)

8,525

(15,800)

32,200

1.10

0.14

(0.11)

0.12

(0.29)

(0.43)

0.53

%
15.6

NM

NM

NM

NM

13.2

34.8

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

16.3

Operating income increased $37.6 million in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Our operating income reflects net 
gains of $3.3 million and $15.0 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities in fiscal 
2021 and 2020, respectively. The net gain in fiscal 2020 was partially offset by the related compensation charges of $1.6 
million. These gains are described below under "Fiscal 2021 and 2020 Earn-Out Adjustments." Our operating income in fiscal 
2020 was reduced by the previously described non-recurring charges of $8.2 million to address COVID-19. In addition, our 
fiscal 2020 results include gains from the sales of non-core equipment of $8.5 million related to the disposal of our Canadian 
turn-key pipeline activities. Further, our fiscal 2020 operating income reflects a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $15.8 
million, which is described below under "Fiscal 2020 and 2019 Impairment of Goodwill."   

Excluding these items, our adjusted operating income increased $32.2 million, or 13.2%, in fiscal 2021 compared to 
fiscal  2020.  The  increase  reflects  improved  results  in  our  GSG  and  CIG  segments,  which  are  described  below  under 
"Government Services Group" and "Commercial/International Services Group", respectively.  

Our  net  interest  expense  was  $11.8  million  and  $13.1  million  in  fiscal  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  The  decrease 

primarily reflects lower average borrowings.

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2021 and 2020 were 12.8% and 23.7%, respectively. Our fiscal 2021 effective tax rate 
reflects a  non-recurring net tax benefit of $21.6 million primarily consisting of valuation  allowances in  the  United Kingdom 
that  were  released  due  to  sufficient  sustainable  profitability  being  achieved  in  fiscal  2021.  The  valuation  allowances  were 
primarily related to net operating loss carry-forwards and other temporary differences. The goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 
2020 did not have related tax benefits, which increased our effective tax rate by 1.5% in fiscal 2020. Conversely, income tax 
expense was reduced by $12.9 million and $8.3 million of excess tax benefits on share-based payments in fiscal 2021 and 2020, 
respectively. Excluding the impact of the fiscal 2021 non-recurring tax items, the non-deductible goodwill impairment charge, 
and the excess tax benefits on share-based payments, our effective tax rates in fiscal 2021 and 2020 were 25.7% and 25.6%, 
respectively.

Our  EPS  was  $4.26  in  fiscal  2021,  compared  to  $3.16  in  fiscal  2020.  On  the  same  basis  as  our  adjusted  operating 
income  and excluding non-recurring tax benefits in  fiscal 2021, EPS was $3.79  in fiscal 2021, compared to $3.26 last fiscal 
year.

38 

Segment Results of Operations 

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

1,942,958 

(522,583)

1,420,375 

195,297 

$

$

$

1,778,922 

$ 164,036 

(478,839)

(43,744)

1,300,083 

$ 120,292 

9.2%

(9.1)

9.3

168,669 

$

26,628 

15.8%

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $164.0  million,  or  9.2%,  and  $120.3  million,  or  9.3%, 
respectively, in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. These increases primarily reflect higher U.S. state and local government 
activities  related  to  water  and  environmental  programs,  and  disaster  response.  The  increases  also  reflect  contributions  from 
acquisitions, which did not have comparable revenue in the prior fiscal year.   

Operating  income  increased  $26.6  million  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020  primarily  reflecting  the  revenue 
growth.  In  addition,  we  incurred  $1.6  million  of  incremental  costs  for  actions  to  respond  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  in  the 
second quarter of fiscal 2020. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 13.7% in fiscal 
2021 compared to 13.0% last fiscal year. Excluding the  COVID-19  charges, our operating margin was 13.1%  in  fiscal  2020. 
The improved operating margin was primarily due to our increased focus on high-end consulting services and improved labor 
utilization. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

1,325,668 

(194,459)

1,131,209 

131,720 

$

$

$

1,266,059 

(217,547)

1,048,512 

114,022 

$

$

$

59,609

23,088 

82,697

17,698

4.7%

10.6

7.9

15.5

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $59.6  million,  or  4.7%,  and increased  $82.7  million,  or 
7.9%,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020.  The  revenue  growth  in  fiscal  2021  primarily  reflects  increased 
infrastructure  activity in Canada  and  fewer  restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic in the second half of fiscal 2021. 
The  increases  also  reflect  contributions  from  acquisitions,  which  did  not  have  comparable  revenue  in  the  prior  fiscal  year, 
partially offset by the disposal of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities. 

Operating  income  increased  $17.7  million  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal  2020  primarily  due  to  revenue  growth. 
Additionally,  we realized gains  of  $8.5  million from  the  disposition  of  non-core  equipment  related  to  our  Canadian  turn-key 
pipeline  activities,  partially  offset by $6.6 million of  incremental  costs for actions to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic in 
fiscal 2020. Excluding these disposition gains and the COVID-19 charges, operating income increased $19.6 million in fiscal 
2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 11.6% in fiscal 
2021 compared to 10.9% last fiscal year.  Excluding the disposition gains and COVID-19 charges, our operating margin was 
10.7% in fiscal 2020. The improved operating margin was primarily due to our increased focus on high-end consulting services 
and improved labor utilization.

39 

Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Loss from operations

NM = not meaningful

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

613 

(25)

588 

— 

$

$

$

198 

(221)

(23)

— 

$

$

$

415 

196 

611 

— 

NM

NM

NM

NM

RCM's projects were substantially complete at the end of fiscal 2018. There were no significant operating activities in 

RCM in fiscal 2021 and 2020. 

Fiscal 2021 and 2020 Earn-Out Adjustments  

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value  could  differ  materially  from  the  initial  estimates.  We  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and 
reported  net  gains  of  $3.3  million  and  $15.0  million  in  fiscal  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  Fiscal  2021  adjustments  resulted 
from  the  updated  valuations  of  several  contingent  consideration  liabilities,  which  reflect  updated  projections  of  acquired 
companies' financial performance during their respective earn-out periods. None of these valuation changes were individually 
material. In fiscal 2020, the net gains primarily resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for 
eGlobalTech ("EGT"), Norman, Disney and Young ("NDY"), and Segue Technologies, Inc. ("SEG"). These valuations included 
updated  projections  of  EGT's,  NDY's,  and  SEG's  financial  performance  during  the  earn-out  periods,  which  were  below  our 
original estimates at their respective acquisition dates.  In addition, we recognized charges of $1.6 million in fiscal 2020 that 
related to the earn-out for Glumac. These charges were treated as compensation in selling, general and administrative expenses 
due to the terms of the arrangement, which included an on-going service requirement for a portion of the earn-out.

At October 3, 2021, there was a total maximum of $105.4 million of outstanding contingent consideration related to 

our acquisitions. Of this amount, $59.3 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet.

40 

Fiscal 2020 Compared to Fiscal 2019

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Acquisition and integration expenses

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Impairment of goodwill

Income from operations

Interest expense – net

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Diluted earnings per share

$

$

Fiscal Year Ended

September 27,
2020

September 29, 
2019

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

2,994,891 

$

3,107,348 

$ (112,457)

(3.6)%

(646,319)

2,348,572 

(717,711)

2,389,637 

(1,902,037)

(1,981,454)

446,535 

(204,615)

— 

14,971 

(15,800)

241,091 

(13,100)

227,991 

(54,101)

173,890 

(31)
173,859 

3.16

$

$

408,183 

(200,230)

(10,351)

(1,085)

(7,755)

188,762 

(13,626)

175,136 

(16,375)

158,761 

(93)
158,668 

2.84

$

$

71,392 

(41,065)

79,417 

38,352 

(4,385)

10,351 

16,056 

(8,045)

52,329 

526 

52,855 

(37,726)

15,129 

62 
15,191 

0.32

9.9

(1.7)
4.0

9.4
(2.2)

NM

NM

(103.7)

27.7
3.9

30.2
(230.4)

9.5
66.7

9.6

11.3

(1)        We  believe  that  the  presentation  of  "Revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs",  which  is  a  non-U.S.  GAAP  financial  measure,  enhances  investors'  ability  to 
analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of providing services, we 
routinely subcontract various services and, under certain USAID programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor costs and grants are passed through to 
our clients and, in accordance with U.S. GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is our contractual responsibility to procure or manage 
these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to project and period to period, changes in revenue may not necessarily be 
indicative of our business trends. Accordingly, we segregate subcontractor costs from revenue to promote a better understanding of our business by evaluating 
revenue exclusive of costs associated with external service providers.
NM = not meaningful 

41 

In fiscal 2020, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, decreased $112.5 million, or 3.6%, and $41.1 million, 
or  1.7%,  compared  to  fiscal  2019.  These  comparisons  were  impacted  by  the  disposal  of  our  Canadian  turn-key  pipeline 
activities in  the  fourth quarter of  fiscal 2019 and a decrease in revenue from disaster response  activities related to California 
wildfires. In addition, our fiscal 2019 results included a reduction of revenue of $13.7 million from a claim that was resolved in 
fiscal  2019.  Excluding  the  disposal,  the  decreased  California  wildfire  activity,  and  the  2019  claim  resolution,  our  revenue 
increased  3.0%  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  fiscal  2019.  This  increase  includes  $210.5  million  of  revenue  from  acquisitions, 
which did not have comparable revenue in fiscal 2019. Also excluding the contribution from acquisitions, our revenue in fiscal 
2020  decreased  4.4%  compared  to  fiscal  2019  primarily  due  to  the  adverse  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on our  U.S. 
commercial and international revenue.

The following table reconciles our reported results to non-U.S. GAAP adjusted results, which exclude the RCM results 
and  certain  non-operating  accounting-related  adjustments,  such  as  acquisition  and  integration  costs,  gains/losses  from 
adjustments  to  contingent  considerations,  goodwill  impairment  charges,  non-recurring  costs  to  address  COVID-19,  and  non-
recurring tax benefits.  Adjusted results also exclude charges resulting from the decision to dispose of our Canadian turn-key 
pipeline activities that commenced in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 and subsequent related gains from non-core equipment 
disposals in fiscal 2020. Our fiscal 2019 adjusted results exclude a charge to operating income of $13.7 million from a claim 
that was resolved in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 for a remediation project, where the work was substantially performed in 
prior years. The effective tax rates applied to these adjustments to EPS to arrive at adjusted EPS averaged 155% and 16% in 
fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. The goodwill impairment charges in both fiscal years and certain of the transaction charges 
in fiscal 2019 did not have related tax benefits. Excluding these items, the effective tax rates applied to the adjustments in fiscal 
2020 and 2019 were 24% and 26%, respectively. We applied the relevant marginal statutory tax rate based on the nature of the 
adjustments  and  tax  jurisdiction  in  which  they  occur.  Both  EPS  and  adjusted  EPS  were  calculated  using  diluted  weighted-
average common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2020, we took actions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic to ensure the health 
and safety of our employees, clients, and communities. These actions included activating our Business Continuity Plan globally, 
which enabled 95% of our workforce to work remotely and all 450 of our global offices to remain operational supporting our 
clients'  programs  and  projects.  This  required  incremental  costs  for  employee  relocation,  expansion  of  our  virtual  private 
network capabilities, enhanced security, and sanitizing our offices. In addition, we incurred severance costs to right-size select 
operations where projects were cancelled specifically due to COVID-19 concerns and the resulting macroeconomic conditions. 
These incremental costs totaled $8.2 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2020.  Substantially all of these costs were paid in 
cash in the third quarter of fiscal 2020.

42 

Income from operations
COVID-19

Non-core dispositions

RCM

Claims

Acquisition/Integration

Earn-out adjustments

Impairment of goodwill

Adjusted income from operations (1)

EPS

COVID-19

Non-core dispositions

RCM

Claims

Acquisition/Integration

Earn-out adjustments

Impairment of goodwill

Non-recurring tax benefits

Adjusted EPS (1)

NM = not meaningful
(1)    Non-U.S. GAAP financial measure

Fiscal Year Ended

September 27,
2020

September 29, 
2019

$

241,091 

$

188,762 

$

$

$

$

$

8,233 

(8,525)

— 

— 

— 

(13,371)

15,800 

243,228 

3.16 

0.11 

(0.12)

— 

— 

— 

(0.18)

0.29 

— 

$

$

— 

10,946 

5,933 

13,700 

10,351 

3,085 

7,755 

240,532 

2.84 

— 

0.14 

0.08 

0.18 

0.19 

0.04 

0.14 

(0.44)

$

3.26 

$

3.17 

$

Change

$
52,329 

8,233 

(19,471)

(5,933)

(13,700)

(10,351)

(16,456)

8,045 

2,696 

0.32 

0.11 

(0.26)

(0.08)

(0.18)

(0.19)

(0.22)

0.15 

0.44 

0.09 

%
27.7

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

1.1

11.3

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

2.8

Our operating income increased $52.3 million in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. Our operating income in fiscal 
2020  was  reduced  by  the  previously  described  non-recurring  charges  of  $8.2  million  to  address  COVID-19.  In  addition,  our 
fiscal 2020 results include gains from the sales of non-core equipment of $8.5 million related to the disposal of our Canadian 
turn-key pipeline activities. Our operating income in fiscal 2019 included charges of $10.9 million related to this disposal. Our 
operating income in fiscal 2019 also included a $5.9 million loss from exited construction activities in our RCM segment. Our 
RCM results are described below under "Remediation and Construction Management." Additionally, our operating income in 
fiscal 2019 included the aforementioned $13.7 million charge for a resolved claim and expenses of $10.4 million related to the 
acquisition  and  integration  of  WYG  plc  ("WYG").  For  further  detailed  information  regarding  the  WYG-related  costs,  see 
"Fiscal 2019 Acquisition and Integration Expenses" below. Our fiscal 2020 operating income includes gains of $15.0 million 
related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities partially offset by related compensation charges 
of $1.6 million. Our fiscal 2019 operating income reflects losses of $1.1 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of 
contingent earn-out liabilities and an additional $2.0 million of related compensation charges. These earn-out related amounts 
are  described  below  under  "Fiscal  2020  and  2019  Earn-Out  Adjustments."  Further,  our  operating  income  reflects  non-cash 
goodwill  impairment  charges  of  $15.8  million  and  $7.8  million  in  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  These  charges  are 
described below under "Fiscal 2020 and 2019 Impairment of Goodwill."  

Excluding  these  items,  our  adjusted  operating  income  increased  $2.7  million,  or  1.1%,  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to 
fiscal 2019. The increase reflects improved results in our CIG segment partially offset by lower operating income in our GSG 
segment.  GSG  and  CIG  results  are  described  below  under  "Government  Services  Group"  and  "Commercial/International 
Services Group", respectively.     

Our  net  interest  expense  was  $13.1  million  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  $13.6  million  fiscal  2019.  The  decrease 

primarily reflects lower interest rates (primarily LIBOR), and to a lesser extent, lower average borrowings.

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2020 and 2019 were 23.7% and 9.3%, respectively. The goodwill impairment charges 
in fiscal 2020 and 2019 and certain of the transaction charges in fiscal 2019 did not have related tax benefits, which increased 
our effective tax rates by 1.5% and 1.1% in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. Conversely, income tax expense was reduced by 
$8.3  million  and  $6.4  million  of  excess  tax  benefits  on  share-based  payments  in  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  respectively. 
Additionally, we finalized the analysis of our deferred tax liabilities for the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act's ("TCJA's") lower tax rates 

43 

in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019  and  recorded  a  deferred  tax  benefit  of  $2.6  million. Also,  valuation  allowances  of  $22.3 
million  in Australia  were  released  due  to  sufficient positive  evidence  obtained  during  the  second  quarter of  fiscal  2019. The 
valuation allowances were primarily related to net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards and other 
temporary differences. We evaluated the positive evidence against any negative evidence and determined that it was more likely 
than  not  that  the deferred  tax  assets  would  be  realized. The  factors  used  to  assess  the  likelihood  of  realization  were  the  past 
performance  of the related  entities, our forecast of future taxable  income, and available  tax planning strategies that could  be 
implemented to realize the deferred tax assets.

Excluding the impact of the non-deductible goodwill impairment charges and transaction costs, the excess tax benefits 
on share-based payments, the net deferred tax benefits from the TCJA, and the valuation allowance release, our effective tax 
rates in fiscal 2020 and 2019 were 25.6% and 24.6%, respectively.

Our  EPS  was  $3.16  in  fiscal  2020,  compared  to  $2.84  in  fiscal  2019.  On  the  same  basis  as  our  adjusted  operating 
income and excluding non-recurring tax benefits in fiscal 2019, EPS was $3.26 in fiscal 2020, compared to $3.17 in fiscal 2019.

Segment Results of Operations

Government Services Group ("GSG")

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

September 27,
2020

September 29, 
2019

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

1,778,922 

(478,839)

1,300,083 

168,669 

$

$

$

1,820,671 

(491,290)

1,329,381 

185,263 

$

$

$

(41,749)

12,451 

(29,298)

(16,594)

(2.3)%

2.5

(2.2)

(9.0)

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  decreased  $41.7  million,  or  2.3%,  and  $29.3  million,  or  2.2%, 
respectively,  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  fiscal  2019. These  declines  primarily  reflect  the  previously  described  decrease  in 
revenue from disaster response activities related to California wildfires offset by revenue from acquisitions, which did not have 
comparable revenue in fiscal 2019. Excluding the contributions from acquisitions and the California wildfire disaster response 
activities, our revenue in fiscal 2020 was substantially the same as fiscal 2019 as increases in federal information technology 
activity were offset by lower international development revenue. 

Operating  income  decreased  $16.6  million  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  fiscal  2019  primarily  reflecting  the  lower 
disaster  response  revenue.  Also,  we  incurred  $1.6  million  of  incremental  costs  for  actions  to  respond  to  the  COVID-19 
pandemic in the second quarter of fiscal 2020. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, was 13.0% 
in fiscal 2020 compared to 13.9% in fiscal 2019. Excluding the COVID-19 charges, our operating margin was 13.1% in fiscal 
2020.

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG")

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Income from operations

Fiscal Year Ended

September 27,
2020

September 29, 
2019

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

1,266,059 

(217,547)

1,048,512 

114,022 

$

$

$

1,342,509 

(279,468)

1,063,041 

79,633 

$

$

$

(76,450)

61,921 

(14,529)

34,389

(5.7)%

22.2

(1.4)

43.2

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  decreased  $76.5  million,  or  5.7%,  and  $14.5  million,  or  1.4%, 
respectively, in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. Our year-over-year revenue comparisons were impacted by the disposal of 
our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, and a reduction in revenue and a corresponding 
charge  to  operating  income  of  $13.7  million  in  fiscal  2019  for  a  remediation  project  where  the  work  was  substantially 

44 

performed in prior years. Excluding the disposal and the fiscal 2019 claim resolution, our revenue decreased 2.2% due to lower 
subcontractor activity and the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our U.S. and international commercial revenue. 

Operating income increased $34.4 million in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. This comparison was also impacted 
by the disposal of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities.  Our fiscal 2020 operating income includes gains of $8.5 million 
from the disposition of non-core equipment and our fiscal 2019 operating income includes charges of $10.9 million related to 
these activities. In addition, we incurred $6.6 million of incremental costs for actions to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic in 
the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  Excluding  the  Canadian  turn-key  pipeline  activities,  the  COVID-19  charges,  and  the 
aforementioned  $13.7  million  claim  in  fiscal  2019,  our  operating  income  increased  $7.9  million,  or  7.5%,  in  fiscal  2020 
compared to fiscal 2019. On the same basis, our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 
10.7% in fiscal 2020 from 9.7% in fiscal 2019. 

Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM")

Revenue

Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Loss from operations

NM = not meaningful

Fiscal Year Ended

September 27,
2020

September 29, 
2019

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

198 

(221)

(23)

— 

$

$

$

(1,542)

(1,243)

(2,785)

(5,933)

$

$

$

1,740 

1,022 

2,762 

5,933 

NM

NM

NM

NM

RCM's projects were substantially complete at the end of fiscal 2018. The operating loss of $5.9 million in fiscal 2019 
reflects  reductions  of  revenue  and  related  operating  losses  based  on  updated  evaluations  of  unsettled  claim  amounts  for  two 
construction projects that were completed in prior years. 

Fiscal 2019 Acquisition and Integration Expenses

In  fiscal  2019,  we  incurred  acquisition  and  integration  expenses  of  $10.4  million  related  to  the  WYG  acquisition. 
These expenses included $3.3 million of acquisition expenses that were primarily for professional services, such as legal and 
investment  banking,  to  support  the  transaction  and  were  all  paid  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019.  Subsequent  to  the 
acquisition  date,  we  also  recorded  charges  of  $7.1  million  for  integration  activities,  including  the  elimination  of  redundant 
general and administrative costs, real estate consolidation, and conversion of information technology platforms, substantially all 
of which were paid in fiscal 2020.

Fiscal 2020 and 2019 Earn-Out Adjustments

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value  could  differ  materially  from  the  initial  estimates.  We  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and 
reported net gains of $15.0 million and losses of $1.1 million in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. The fiscal 2020 net gains 
primarily resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for EGT, NDY, and SEG. These valuations 
included updated projections of EGT's, NDY's, and SEG's financial performance during the earn-out periods, which were below 
our original estimates at their respective acquisition dates.  In addition, we recognized charges of $1.6 million and $2.0 million 
in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively, that related to the earn-out for Glumac. These charges were treated as compensation in 
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  due  to  the  terms  of  the  arrangement,  which  included  an  on-going  service 
requirement for a portion of the earn-out.

At September 27, 2020, there was a total maximum of $70.9 million of outstanding contingent consideration related to 

acquisitions. Of this amount, $32.6 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet.

Fiscal 2020 and 2019 Impairment of Goodwill

On  September  2,  2020, Australia  announced  that  it  had  fallen  into  economic  recession,  defined  as  two  consecutive 
quarters of negative growth, for the first time since 1991 including 7% negative growth in the quarter ending in June 2020. This 
prompted a strategic review of our Asia/Pacific ("ASP") reporting unit, which is in our CIG reportable segment. As a result of 
the economic recession in Australia, our revenue growth and profit margin forecasts for the ASP reporting unit declined from 
the  previous  forecast  used  for  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  as  of  June  29,  2020.  We  also  performed  an  interim 
goodwill impairment review of our ASP reporting unit in September 2020 and recorded a $15.8 million goodwill impairment 
charge. The impaired goodwill related to our acquisitions of Coffey International Limited ("Coffey") and NDY. As a result of 

45 

the impairment charge, the estimated fair value of our ASP reporting unit equaled its carrying value of $144.9 million, including 
$95.5 million  of goodwill, at September  27, 2020.  On September 28, 2020 (the  first day of our fiscal 2021), we merged our 
former ASP reporting unit into our Client Account Management reporting unit. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we performed a strategic review of all operations. As a result, we decided to 
dispose  of  our  turn-key pipeline  activities  in Western  Canada  in  our  Remediation  and  Field  Services  ("RFS")  reporting  unit, 
which is in our CIG reportable segment. As a result, we incurred severance and project-related charges related to the disposition 
of  $10.9  million,  which  were  reported  in  the  CIG  segment's  operating  income.  We  also  performed  an  interim  goodwill 
impairment review of our RFS reporting unit and recorded a $7.8 million goodwill impairment charge. The impaired goodwill 
related to our acquisition of Parkland Pipeline Contractors Ltd. As a result of the impairment charge, the estimated fair value of 
the RFS reporting unit equaled its carrying value at September 29, 2019. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Capital Requirements. As  of October 3, 2021, we had $166.6 million of cash and cash equivalents and  access to an 
additional  $749  million  of  borrowing  capacity  available  under  our  credit  facility.  We  generated  $304.4  million  of  cash  from 
operations in fiscal 2021. To date, we have not experienced any significant deterioration in our financial condition or liquidity 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic and our credit facilities remain available.  

Our  primary  sources  of  liquidity  are  cash  flows  from  operations  and  borrowings  under  our  credit  facilities.  Our 
primary  uses  of  cash  are  to  fund  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  stock  repurchases,  cash  dividends  and  repayment  of 
debt, as well as to fund acquisitions and earn-out obligations from prior acquisitions. We believe that our existing cash and cash 
equivalents, operating cash flows and borrowing capacity under our credit agreement, as described below, will be sufficient to 
meet our capital requirements for at least the next 12 months including any additional resources needed to address the COVID-
19 pandemic.  

We use a variety of tax planning and financing strategies to manage our worldwide cash and deploy funds to locations 
where  they  are  needed.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  we  repatriated  approximately  $80  million  from  Canada  and 
recognized a related tax expense of $5.6 million. At this time, we also determined that our remaining undistributed earnings in 
Canada  of  approximately  $20.1  million  are  no  longer  being  indefinitely  reinvested  and  recorded  an  additional  deferred  tax 
liability/expense  of  $3.1  million.  At  October  3,  2021,  undistributed  earnings  of  our  other  foreign  subsidiaries,  primarily  in 
Australia  and  the  U.K.  of  approximately  $50.9  million  are  expected  to  be  indefinitely  reinvested  in  these  foreign  countries. 
Accordingly, no provision for foreign withholding taxes has been made. Assuming the indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings 
were  repatriated  under  the  laws  and  rates  applicable  at  October  3,  2021,  the  incremental  taxes  applicable  to  those  earnings 
would not be material. We currently have no need or plans to repatriate undistributed foreign earnings, other than from Canada, 
in the foreseeable future; however, this could change due to varied economic circumstances.

On January 27, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a $200 million stock repurchase program, which was included 
in our remaining balance of $207.8 million as of fiscal 2020 year-end. In fiscal 2021, we repurchased and settled 479,369 shares 
with an average price of $125.16 per share for a total cost of $60.0 million in the open market. At October 3, 2021, we had a 
remaining  balance  of  $147.8  million  under  our  stock  repurchase  program.    We  declared  and  paid  common  stock  dividends 
totaling $40.0 million, or $0.74 per share, in fiscal 2021 compared to $34.7 million, or $0.64 per share, in fiscal 2020. 

Subsequent  Events.    On  October  5,  2021,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under 
which  we  could  repurchase  up  to  $400 million  of  our  common  stock  in  addition  to  the  $147.8 million  remaining  under  the 
previous stock repurchase program at October 3, 2021. On November 15, 2021, the Board of Directors also declared a quarterly 
cash  dividend  of  $0.20  per  share  payable  on  December 20,  2021  to  stockholders  of  record  as  of  the  close  of  business  on 
December 2, 2021.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. As of October 3, 2021, cash and cash equivalents were $166.6 million, an increase of $9.1 
million compared to the fiscal 2020 year-end. The increase was due to net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset 
by net repayments of long-term debt, stock repurchases, dividends, as well as payments for business acquisitions and contingent 
earn-out payments.  

Operating Activities.  In fiscal 2021, net cash provided by operating activities was $304.4 million compared to $262.5 
million in fiscal 2020. The increase primarily reflects an increase in earnings adjusted for non-cash items of $24.1 million and 
improved working capital from faster collections of our accounts receivable in fiscal 2021 compared to the prior fiscal year. 

Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was $93.0 million in fiscal 2021, an increase of $30.0 million 
compared to last fiscal year. The increase was due to higher payments for business acquisitions in fiscal 2021 and the proceeds 
from sales of equipment related to the disposal of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities in fiscal 2020. 

46 

Financing  Activities.    In  fiscal  2021,  net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $210.1  million,  an  increase  of  $47.1 
million compared to fiscal 2020. The increase was due to the net change in overdrafts and higher net repayments on long-term 
debt, partially offset by lower stock repurchases compared to last fiscal year. 

Debt Financing.  On July 30, 2018, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amended 
Credit Agreement”) with a total borrowing capacity of $1 billion that will mature in July 2023. The Amended Credit Agreement 
is a $700 million senior secured, five-year facility that provides for a $250 million term loan facility (the “Amended Term Loan 
Facility”), a $450 million revolving credit facility (the  “Amended Revolving Credit Facility”), and a $300 million  accordion 
feature that allows us to increase the Amended Credit Agreement to $1 billion subject to lender approval. The Amended Credit 
Agreement allows us to, among other things, (i) refinance indebtedness under our Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2013; 
(ii)  finance  certain  permitted  open  market  repurchases  of  our  common  stock,  permitted acquisitions,  and  cash dividends  and 
distributions; and (iii) utilize the proceeds for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. The 
Amended Revolving Credit Facility includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $20 million 
sublimit for swingline loans, and a $200 million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit.

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on July 30, 2018. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to 
quarterly amortization of principal at 5% annually beginning December 31, 2018. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) 
a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or 
the Eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. In each case, the applicable margin 
is  based  on  our  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio,  calculated  quarterly. The Amended Term  Loan  Facility  is  subject  to  the  same 
interest rate provisions. The Amended Credit Agreement expires on July 30, 2023, or earlier at our discretion upon payment in 
full of loans and other obligations. 

At October 3, 2021, we had $212.5 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was comprised of $212.5 million under the Amended Term Loan Facility and no borrowings outstanding under the Amended 
Revolving Credit Facility.  The weighted-average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2021 was 1.25%. In 
addition, we had $0.7 million in standby letters of credit under the Amended Credit Agreement. Our weighted-average interest 
rate on borrowings outstanding during fiscal 2021 under the Amended Credit Agreement, including the effects of interest rate 
swap agreements described in Note 14, “Derivative Financial Instruments” of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" 
included in Item 8, was 3.30%. At October 3, 2021, we had $449.3 million of available credit under the Amended Revolving 
Credit  Facility,  all  of  which  could  be  borrowed  without  a  violation  of  our  debt  covenants.  Commitment  fees  related  to  our 
revolving credit facilities were $0.7 million each year for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The  Amended  Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants,  and  customary  events  of 
default.  The  financial  covenants  provide  for  a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  3.00  to  1.00  (total  funded 
debt/EBITDA, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 
1.00  (EBITDA/Consolidated  Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the 
Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) 
the  equity  interests  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  including  those  subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers  under  the 
Amended  Credit Agreement,  and  (ii)  the  accounts  receivable,  general  intangibles  and  intercompany  loans,  and  those  of  our 
subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers.  At  October 3,  2021,  we  were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  with  a 
consolidated leverage ratio of 0.87x and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of 26.38x.  

In  addition  to  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement,  we  maintain  other  credit  facilities,  which  may  be  used  for  bank 
overdrafts,  short-term  cash  advances  and  bank  guarantees.  At  October 3,  2021,  there  was  no  outstanding  borrowings  under 
these facilities and the aggregate amount of standby letters of credit outstanding was $53.4 million. As of October 3, 2021, we 
had no bank overdrafts related to our disbursement bank accounts. 

Inflation.  We believe our operations have not been, and, in the foreseeable future, are not expected to be, materially 
adversely affected by inflation or changing prices due to the average duration of our projects and our ability to negotiate prices 
as contracts end and new contracts begin.

47 

Dividends.  Our Board of Directors has authorized the following dividends:

November 9, 2020

January 25, 2021

April 26, 2021

July 26, 2021

November 15, 2021

Income Taxes 

Dividend Per 
Share

$

$

$

$

$

0.17

0.17

0.20

0.20

0.20

Record Date

November 30, 2020

February 10, 2021

May 12, 2021

August 20, 2021

December 2, 2021

$

$

$

$

Total Maximum
Payment 
(in thousands)

9,198 

9,212 

10,831 

10,800 

Payment Date

December 11, 2020

February 26, 2021

May 28, 2021

September 3, 2021

N/A December 20, 2021

We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and adjust the allowance, 
if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and available tax 
planning  strategies  that  could  be  implemented  to  realize  the  net  deferred  tax  assets.  The  ability  or  failure  to  achieve  the 
forecasted  taxable  income  in  the  applicable  taxing  jurisdictions  could  affect  the  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets. 
Based on future operating results in certain jurisdictions, it is unlikely that the current valuation allowance positions of those 
jurisdictions could be adjusted in the next 12 months.

As of October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions 

was $14.1 million and $9.7 million, respectively. 

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax 

positions may significantly decrease within the next 12 months. These changes would be the result of ongoing examinations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

In the ordinary course of business, we may use off-balance sheet arrangements if we believe that such arrangements 
would be an efficient way to lower our cost of capital or help us manage the overall risks of our business operations. We do not 
believe that such arrangements have had a material adverse effect on our financial position or our results of operations. 

The following is a summary of our off-balance sheet arrangements:

•

•

•

Letters of credit and bank guarantees are used primarily to support project performance and insurance programs. 
We  are  required  to  reimburse  the  issuers  of  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  for  any  payments  they  make 
under the outstanding letters of credit or bank guarantees. Our Amended Credit Agreement and additional letter of 
credit  facilities  cover  the  issuance  of  our  standby  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  and  are  critical  for  our 
normal operations. If we default on the Amended Credit Agreement or additional credit facilities, our inability to 
issue  or  renew  standby  letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  would  impair  our  ability  to  maintain  normal 
operations. At October 3, 2021, we had $0.7 million in standby letters of credit outstanding under our Amended 
Credit Agreement  and $53.4 million  in  standby  letters  of  credit  outstanding under our  additional  letter  of  credit 
facilities.

From  time  to  time,  we  provide  guarantees  and  indemnifications  related  to  our  services.  If  our  services  under  a 
guaranteed  or  indemnified  project  are  later  determined  to  have  resulted  in  a  material  defect  or  other  material 
deficiency,  then  we  may  be  responsible  for  monetary  damages  or  other  legal  remedies.  When  sufficient 
information about claims on guaranteed or indemnified projects is available and monetary damages or other costs 
or losses are determined to be probable, we recognize such guaranteed losses.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various agreements as part of certain unconsolidated subsidiaries, 
joint ventures, and other jointly executed contracts where we are jointly and severally liable. We enter into these 
agreements  primarily  to  support  the  project  execution  commitments  of  these  entities.  The  potential  payment 
amount of an outstanding performance guarantee is typically the remaining cost of work to be performed by or on 
behalf of third parties under engineering and construction contracts. However, we are not able to estimate other 
amounts that may be required to be paid in excess of estimated costs to complete contracts and, accordingly, the 
total potential payment amount under our outstanding performance guarantees cannot be estimated. For cost-plus 
contracts, amounts that may become payable pursuant to guarantee provisions are normally recoverable from the 
client  for  work performed  under  the  contract.  For  lump  sum  or fixed-price  contracts,  this  amount  is  the  cost  to 
complete  the  contracted  work  less  amounts  remaining  to  be  billed  to  the  client  under  the  contract.  Remaining 
billable  amounts  could  be  greater  or  less  than  the  cost  to  complete.  In  those  cases  where  costs  exceed  the 
remaining  amounts  payable  under  the  contract,  we  may  have  recourse  to  third  parties,  such  as  owners,  co-
venturers, subcontractors or vendors, for claims.

48 

•

In the ordinary course of business, our clients may request that we obtain surety bonds in connection with contract 
performance obligations that are not required to be recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. We are obligated 
to reimburse the issuer of our surety bonds for any payments made thereunder. Each of our commitments under 
performance bonds generally ends concurrently with the expiration of our related contractual obligation.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

The  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions  in  the  application  of  certain  accounting  policies  that  affect  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  accompanying footnotes included in Item 8 of this report. In  order to understand  better the  changes that may 
occur to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, readers should be aware of the critical accounting policies 
we apply and estimates we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are 
based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may undertake in the future, actual results could differ 
materially from those estimates. 

Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  described  in  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in 
Item 8. Highlighted below are  the accounting policies that  management considers most critical to  investors' understanding of 
our financial results and condition, and that require complex judgments by management. 

Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs 

To  determine  the  proper  revenue  recognition  method  for  contracts  under  ASC  606,  we  evaluate  whether  multiple 
contracts  should  be  combined  and  accounted  for  as  a  single  contract  and  whether  the  combined  or  single  contract  should  be 
accounted  for  as  having  more  than  one  performance  obligation.  The  decision  to  combine  a  group  of  contracts  or  separate  a 
combined  or  single  contract  into  multiple  performance  obligations  may  impact  the  amount  of  revenue  recorded  in  a  given 
period.  Contracts  are  considered  to  have  a  single  performance  obligation  if  the  promises  are  not  separately  identifiable  from 
other promises in the contracts.  

At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised in a contract and identify, as a separate performance 
obligation, each distinct promise to transfer goods or services to the customer. The identified performance obligations represent 
the  “unit  of  account”  for  purposes  of  determining  revenue  recognition.  In  order  to  properly  identify  separate  performance 
obligations, we apply judgment in determining whether each good or service provided is: (a) capable of being distinct, whereby 
the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to 
the customer, and (b) distinct within the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the good or service to the customer is 
separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.  

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. We consider contract 
modifications to exist when the modification either creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations. Most 
of  our  contract  modifications  are  for  goods  or  services  that  are  not  distinct  from  existing  contracts  due  to  the  significant 
integration provided or significant interdependencies in the context of the contract and are accounted for as if they were part of 
the  original  contract.  The  effect  of  a  contract  modification  on  the  transaction  price  and  our  measure  of  progress  for  the 
performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of 
revenue) on a cumulative catch-up basis.  

We account for contract modifications as a separate contract when the modification results in the promise to deliver 
additional goods or services that are distinct and the increase in price of the contract is for the same amount as the stand-alone 
selling price of the additional goods or services included in the modification. 

The  transaction  price  represents  the  amount  of  consideration  to  which  we  expect  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for 
transferring  promised  goods  or  services  to  our  customers.  The  consideration  promised  within  a  contract  may  include  fixed 
amounts, variable amounts, or both. The nature of our contracts gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including 
claims, award fee incentives, fiscal funding clauses, and liquidated damages. We recognize revenue for variable consideration 
when it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized for the contract will not occur. 
We estimate the amount of revenue to be recognized on variable consideration using either the expected value or the most likely 
amount method, whichever is expected to better predict the amount of consideration to be received. Project mobilization costs 
are  generally  charged  to  project  costs  as  incurred  when  they  are  an  integrated  part  of  the  performance  obligation  being 
transferred to the client. 

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties for 
delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope and 
price,  or  other  causes  of  unanticipated  additional  costs.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  revenue  associated  with 
claims  (including  change  orders  in  dispute  and  unapproved  change  orders  in  regard  to  both  scope  and  price)  should  be 
recognized  include  the  following:  (a)  the  contract  or  other evidence  provides  a  legal  basis  for  the  claim, (b)  additional  costs 
were caused by circumstances that were unforeseen at the contract date and not the result of deficiencies in our performance, (c) 

49 

claim-related costs are identifiable and considered reasonable in view of the work performed, and (d) evidence supporting the 
claim  is  objective  and  verifiable.  This  can  lead  to  a  situation  in  which  costs  are  recognized  in  one  period  and  revenue  is 
recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement is obtained, or a claims resolution occurs. In some cases, contract 
retentions are withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may be several months or 
years.  In  these  cases,  we  have  not  identified  a  significant  financing  component  under ASC  606  as  the  timing  difference  in 
payment compared to delivery of obligations under the contract is not for purposes of financing.  

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation 
using a best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The standalone selling price 
is  typically  determined  using  the  estimated  cost  of  the  contract  plus  a  margin  approach.  For  contracts  containing  variable 
consideration,  we  allocate  the  variability  to  a  specific  performance  obligation  within  the  contract  if  such  variability  relates 
specifically to our efforts to satisfy the performance obligation or transfer the distinct good or service, and the allocation depicts 
the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled.  

We recognize revenue over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised 
good or service to our customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured 
using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to 
total estimated contract cost. This measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgment 
to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  For  certain  on-call  engineering  or  consulting  and 
similar  contracts,  we  recognize  revenue  in  the  amount  which  we  have  the  right  to  invoice  the  customer  if  that  amount 
corresponds directly with the value of our performance completed to date.  

Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance 
obligation will be revised in the near-term. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-
cost  measure  of  progress  method,  changes  in  total  estimated  costs,  and  related progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the 
performance obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are 
made. When the current estimate of total costs indicates a loss, a provision for the entire estimated loss on the contract is made 
in the period in which the loss becomes evident.  

Contract Types 

Our  services  are  performed  under  three  principal  types  of  contracts:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials  and  cost-plus. 

Customer payments on contracts are typically due within 60 days of billing, depending on the contract. 

Fixed-Price. Under fixed-price contracts, clients pay us an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified 

scope of work. 

Time-and-Materials. Under time-and-materials contracts, we negotiate hourly billing rates and charge our clients based 
on the actual time that we spend on a project. In addition, clients reimburse us for our actual out-of-pocket costs for materials 
and other direct incidental expenditures that we incur in connection with our performance under the contract. Most of our time-
and-material contracts are subject to maximum contract values, and also may include annual billing rate adjustment provisions.

Cost-Plus.  Under  cost-plus  contracts,  we  are  reimbursed  for  allowed  or  otherwise  defined  costs  incurred  plus  a 
negotiated  fee.  The  contracts  may  also  include  incentives  for  various  performance  criteria,  including  quality,  timeliness, 
ingenuity, safety and cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit 
agencies, and such reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract. 

Insurance Matters, Litigation and Contingencies 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  certain  contractual  guarantees  and  litigation.  Generally,  such 
guarantees  relate  to  project  schedules  and  performance.  Most  of  the  litigation  involves  us  as  a  defendant  in  contractual 
disagreements, workers' compensation, personal injury and other similar lawsuits. We maintain insurance coverage for various 
aspects of our business and operations. However, we have elected to retain a portion of losses that may occur through the use of 
various deductibles, limits and retentions under our insurance programs. This practice may subject us to some future liability 
for which we are only partially insured or are completely uninsured. 

We  record  in our  consolidated  balance  sheets  amounts representing  our  estimated  liability  for  self-insurance  claims. 
We utilize actuarial analyses to assist in determining the level of accrued liabilities to establish for our employee medical and 
workers'  compensation  self-insurance  claims  that  are  known  and  have  been  asserted  against  us,  as  well  as  for  self-insurance 
claims  that  are  believed  to  have  been  incurred  based  on  actuarial  analyses  but  have  not  yet  been  reported  to  our  claims 
administrators at the balance sheet date. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated statements 
of income. 

Except  as  described  in  Note 17,  "Commitments  and  Contingencies"  of  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements" included in Item 8, we do not have any litigation or other contingencies that have had, or are currently anticipated 

50 

to have, a material impact on our results of operations or financial position. As additional information about current or future 
litigation or other contingencies becomes available, management will assess whether such information warrants the recording 
of additional expenses relating to those contingencies. Such additional expenses could potentially have a material impact on our 
results of operations and financial position. 

Goodwill and Intangibles 

The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed 
on  the  basis  of  their  fair  values  at  the  date  of  acquisition. The  determination  of  fair  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  acquired 
requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  use  valuation  techniques  when  a  market  value  is  not  readily  available.  Any  excess  of 
purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  is  allocated  to  goodwill.  Goodwill  typically 
represents the value paid for the assembled workforce and enhancement of our service offerings. 

Identifiable intangible assets include backlog, non-compete agreements, client relations, trade names, patents and other 
assets. The costs of these intangible assets are amortized over their contractual or economic lives, which range from one to ten 
years.  We  assess  the  recoverability  of  the  unamortized  balance  of  our  intangible  assets  when  indicators  of  impairment  are 
present  based  on  expected  future  profitability  and  undiscounted  expected  cash  flows  and  their  contribution  to  our  overall 
operations. Should the review indicate that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the 
fair value of the intangible assets would be recognized as an impairment loss. 

We  perform  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  In  addition,  we 
regularly  evaluate  whether  events  and  circumstances  have occurred  that  may  indicate  a potential  change  in  recoverability  of 
goodwill. We  perform  interim  goodwill  impairment  reviews  between  our  annual  reviews  if  certain  events  and  circumstances 
have  occurred,  including  a  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions,  an  increased  competitive  environment,  a  change  in 
management, key personnel, strategy or customers, negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue 
or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods (see Note 6, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" 
of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 for further discussion). 

We  believe  the  methodology that  we  use  to  review  impairment  of goodwill,  which  includes  a  significant  amount  of 
judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of 
the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is impaired are outside of our control and it is reasonably likely that 
assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes could result in future impairments. 

The goodwill impairment review involves the determination of the fair value of our reporting units, which for us are 
the components one level below our reportable segments. This process requires us to make significant judgments and estimates, 
including assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations as well as the interpretation of current economic 
indicators and market valuations. Furthermore, the development of the present value of future cash flow projections includes 
assumptions  and  estimates  derived  from  a  review  of  our  expected  revenue  growth  rates,  operating  profit  margins,  business 
plans,  discount  rates,  and  terminal  growth  rates.  We  also  make  certain  assumptions  about  future  market  conditions,  market 
prices,  interest  rates  and  changes  in  business  strategies.  Changes  in  assumptions  or  estimates  could  materially  affect  the 
determination  of  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit.  This  could  eliminate  the  excess  of  fair  value  over  carrying  value  of  a 
reporting unit entirely and, in some cases, result in impairment. Such changes in assumptions could be caused by a loss of one 
or  more  significant  contracts,  reductions  in  government  or  commercial  client  spending,  or  a  decline  in  the  demand  for  our 
services  due  to  changing  economic  conditions.  In  the  event  that  we  determine  that  our  goodwill  is  impaired,  we  would  be 
required  to  record  a  non-cash  charge  that  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  or  financial 
position. 

We  use two methods to  determine the  fair value of our reporting units: (i) the  Income Approach and (ii) the Market 
Approach. While  each of  these  approaches  is  initially  considered  in  the valuation of  the  business  enterprises,  the  nature  and 
characteristics of the reporting units indicate which approach is most applicable. The Income Approach utilizes the discounted 
cash  flow  method,  which  focuses  on  the  expected  cash  flow  of  the  reporting  unit.  In  applying  this  approach,  the  cash  flow 
available for distribution is calculated for a finite period of years. Cash flow available for distribution is defined, for purposes of 
this  analysis,  as  the  amount  of  cash  that  could  be  distributed  as  a  dividend  without  impairing  the  future  profitability  or 
operations of the reporting unit. The cash flow available for distribution and the terminal value (the value of the reporting unit 
at  the  end  of  the  estimation  period)  are  then  discounted  to present  value  to derive  an  indication  of  the value of  the  business 
enterprise.  The  Market  Approach  is  comprised  of  the  guideline  company  method  and  the  similar  transactions  method.  The 
guideline company method focuses on comparing the reporting unit to select reasonably similar (or "guideline") publicly traded 
companies.  Under  this  method,  valuation  multiples  are  (i) derived  from  the  operating  data  of  selected  guideline  companies; 
(ii) evaluated  and  adjusted  based  on  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  the  reporting  units  relative  to  the  selected  guideline 
companies;  and  (iii) applied  to  the  operating  data  of  the  reporting  unit  to  arrive  at  an  indication  of  value.  In  the  similar 
transactions  method,  consideration  is  given  to  prices  paid  in  recent  transactions  that  have  occurred  in  the  reporting  unit's 
industry  or  in  related  industries.  For  our  annual  impairment  analysis,  we  weighted  the  Income  Approach  and  the  Market 
Approach  at  70%  and  30%,  respectively.  The  Income  Approach  was  given  a  higher  weight  because  it  has  the  most  direct 

51 

correlation to the specific economics of the reporting unit, as compared to the Market Approach, which is based on multiples of 
broad-based (i.e., less comparable) companies. Our last review at June 28, 2021 (i.e. the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 
2021), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of our reporting units had estimated fair values that were in 
excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. We had no reporting units that had estimated fair values that exceeded their 
carrying values by less than 150%. 

On  September  2,  2020, Australia  announced  that  it  had  fallen  into  economic  recession,  defined  as  two  consecutive 
quarters of negative growth, for the first time since 1991 including 7% negative growth in the quarter ending in June 2020. This 
prompted a  strategic review of  our ASP reporting unit, which is in our CIG reportable segment. As a result of the economic 
recession in Australia, our revenue growth and profit margin forecasts for the ASP reporting  unit declined from the previous 
forecast  used  for  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  as  of  June  29,  2020.  We  also  performed  an  interim  goodwill 
impairment review of our ASP reporting unit in September 2020 and recorded a $15.8 million goodwill impairment charge. The 
impaired goodwill related to our acquisitions of Coffey and NDY. As a result of the impairment charge, the estimated fair value 
of our ASP reporting unit equals  its  carrying value  of $144.9  million, including $95.5 million of goodwill, at September 27, 
2020.  On  September  28,  2020  (the  first  day  of  our  fiscal  2021),  we  merged  our  former ASP  reporting  unit  into  our  Client 
Account Management reporting unit. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we performed an interim goodwill impairment review of our RFS reporting 
unit and recorded a $7.8 million goodwill impairment charge. As a result of the impairment charge, the estimated fair value of 
the RFS reporting unit equaled its carrying value of $61 million at September 29, 2019, including the remaining $48.8 million 
of goodwill.  

Contingent Consideration

Certain  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  arrangements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based upon our valuations of the 
acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. 

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on 
their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the 
initial purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Estimated contingent earn-
out  liabilities"  and  "Long-term  estimated  contingent  earn-out  liabilities"  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  consider 
several  factors  when  determining  that  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  are  part  of  the  purchase  price,  including  the  following: 
(1) the  valuation  of  our  acquisitions  is  not  supported  solely  by  the  initial  consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out 
formula is a  critical and material component of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price;  and (2) the former 
shareholders  of  acquired  companies  that  remain  as  key  employees  receive  compensation  other  than  contingent  earn-out 
payments at a reasonable level compared with the compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments 
are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified  within  Level 3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  (See  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and  Preparation  –  Fair  Value  of 
Financial Instruments" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8). We use a probability weighted 
discounted income approach as a valuation technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. 
The  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  in  the  fair  value  measurements  are  operating  income  projections  over  the  earn-out 
period (generally two or three years), and the probability outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases 
or decreases to either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability 
capped  by  the  contractual  maximum  of  the  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  Ultimately,  the  liability  will  be  equivalent  to  the 
amount paid, and the difference between the fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid 
that  is  less  than  or  equal  to  the  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in  financing  activities  in  our 
consolidated statements of  cash flows. Any amount paid in excess of the  liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash 
used in operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

Income Taxes 

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. In addition, we file other returns that are required in the states, 
foreign  jurisdictions  and  other  jurisdictions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  account  for  certain  income  and  expense  items 
differently for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the differences 
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result  in taxable or deductible amounts  in the 
future  based  on  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to  the  periods  in  which  the  differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  In 

52 

determining  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance  on  deferred  tax  assets,  management  reviews  both  positive  and  negative 
evidence, including current and historical results of operations, future income projections and potential tax planning strategies. 
Based  on  our  assessment,  we  have  concluded  that  a  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  at  October  3,  2021,  primarily  loss 
carryforwards, will not be realized, and we have reserved accordingly.

According  to  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes,  we  may  recognize  the  tax 
benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by 
the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from 
such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate settlement. For more information related to our unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 8, "Income Taxes" of the "Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

For a discussion of recent accounting standards and the effect they could have on the consolidated financial statements, 

see Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  

We  do  not  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  speculation  purposes.  In  the  normal  course  of 
business, we have exposure to both interest rate risk and foreign currency transaction and translation risk, primarily related to 
the Canadian and Australian dollar, and British Pound.  

We are exposed to interest rate risk under our Amended Credit Agreement. We can borrow, at our option, under both 
the Amended Term Loan Facility and Amended Revolving Credit Facility. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) a base 
rate  for  loans  in  U.S.  dollars (the  highest  of  the  U.S.  federal  funds  rate  plus  0.50%  per annum,  the  bank’s  prime  rate  or  the 
Eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. Borrowings at the base rate have no 
designated term and may be repaid without penalty any time prior to the Facility’s maturity date. Borrowings at a Eurodollar 
rate have a term no less than 30 days and no greater than 180 days and may be prepaid without penalty. Typically, at the end of 
such term, such borrowings may be  rolled over  at our discretion into either a borrowing at  the  base rate or a borrowing at a 
Eurodollar rate  with similar terms, not to exceed the maturity date of the Facility. The Facility matures on July  30, 2023. At 
October 3,  2021,  we  had  $212.5  million  in  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement,  which  was 
comprised  of  $212.5  million  under  the  Amended  Term  Loan  Facility  and  no  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Amended 
Revolving Credit Facility.  The weighted-average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2021 was 1.25%. 

In August 2018, we entered into five interest rate swap agreements with five banks to fix the variable interest rate on 
$250 million of our Amended Term Loan Facility. The objective of these interest rate swaps was to eliminate the variability of 
our  cash  flows  on  the  amount  of  interest  expense  we  pay  under  our  Credit Agreement. As  of  October 3,  2021,  the  notional 
principal  of  our  outstanding  interest  swap  agreements  was  $212.5  million  ($42.5  million  each.)  Our  year-to-date  average 
effective  interest  rate  on  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  including  the  effects  of  interest  rate  swap 
agreements,  at  October 3,  2021,  was  3.30%.  For  more  information,  see  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  of  the 
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8.  

Most of our transactions are in U.S. dollars; however, some of our subsidiaries conduct business in foreign currencies, 
primarily the Canadian and Australian dollar, and British Pound. Therefore, we are subject to currency exposure and volatility 
because of currency fluctuations. We attempt to minimize our exposure to these fluctuations by matching revenue and expenses 
in the same currency for our contracts. We reported $1.4 million and $1.3 million of foreign currency losses in fiscal 2021 and 
2020, respectively in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on our consolidated statements of income.  

We  have  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  exposure  in  our  results  of  operations  and  equity  primarily  because  of  the 
currency  translation  related  to  our  foreign  subsidiaries  where  the  local  currency  is  the  functional  currency. To  the  extent  the 
U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result 
in reduced revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities. Similarly, our revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities 
will  increase  if  the  U.S.  dollar  weakens  against  foreign  currencies.  For  fiscal  2021  and  2020,  29.8%  and  29.6%  of  our 
consolidated revenue, respectively, was generated by our international business. For fiscal 2021, the effect of foreign exchange 
rate translation on the consolidated balance sheets was an increase in equity of $30.6 million compared to an increase in equity 
of $3.4 million in fiscal 2020. These amounts were recognized as an adjustment to equity through other comprehensive income.  

53 

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended October 3, 2021, September 27, 2020 and September 29, 
2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended October 3, 2021, September 27, 2020 
and September 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended October 3, 2021, September 27, 2020 and 
September 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended October 3, 2021, September 27, 2020 and September 29, 
2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the fiscal years ended October 3, 2021, September 
27, 2020, and September 29, 2019

Page

55

57

58

59

60

61

63

96

54 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tetra Tech, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Tetra  Tech,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”)  as  of  October  3,  2021  and  September  27,  2020,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  of 
comprehensive income, of equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 3, 2021, including 
the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated 
financial  statements”). We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  October  3,  2021, 
based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of the Company as of October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash 
flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  October  3,  2021  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States  of America. Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  October  3, 2021, based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As  discussed  in  Note  10  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  the  manner  in  which  it 

accounts for leases in fiscal 2020.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is 
to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial 
reporting  based  on  our  audits. We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those  risks. Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements. Our  audit  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

As described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Hoare 
Lea,  LLP  and  Subsidiaries  ("HLE")  from  its  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  October  3,  2021, 
because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2021. We have also excluded HLE from 
our audit of internal control over financial reporting. HLE is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenue 
excluded from management's assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent approximately 2% 
and  less  than  1%,  respectively,  of  the  related  consolidated  financial  statement  amounts  as  of  and  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
October 3, 2021. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles. A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and 
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with  generally accepted accounting principles, and that  receipts and 

55 

expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (i)  relates  to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective, or  complex judgments. The communication of critical  audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below, 
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition - Determination of Total Estimated Contract Cost for Fixed-price Contracts 

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, $1.2 billion of the Company’s total revenues for the 
year  ended  October  3,  2021  was  generated  from  fixed-price  contracts.  As  disclosed  by  management,  under  fixed-price 
contracts, the Company's clients pay an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope of work. Revenue is 
recognized over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to 
the Company's customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured using a 
cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total 
estimated  contract  cost.  This  measure  includes  forecasts  based  on  the  best  information  available  and  reflects  management's 
judgement  to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  Due  to  uncertainties  inherent  in  the 
estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance obligation will be revised in the near-term. 
For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method, changes in 
total  estimated  costs,  and  related  progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the  performance  obligation,  are  recognized  on  a 
cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are made. As a result, the Company recognized 
net  favorable  operating  income  adjustments  of  $0.7  million  for  the  year  ended  October  3,  2021,  exclusive  of  the  amounts 
related to claims described below. Changes in revenue and cost estimates could also result in a projected loss, determined at the 
contract  level,  which  would  be  recorded  immediately  in  earnings. The  anticipated  losses  and  estimated  cost  to  complete  the 
related contracts was $12.7 million and approximately $104 million, respectively, as of October 3, 2021. Claims are amounts in 
excess  of  agreed  contract  prices  that  the  Company  seeks  to  collect  from  clients  or  other  third  parties.  Claims  were 
approximately $11 million as of October 3, 2021. 

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  performing  procedures  relating  to  revenue  recognition  - 
determination  of  total  estimated  contract  cost  for fixed-price  contracts  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  the  significant  amount of 
judgment required by management in determining the total estimated contract cost for fixed-price contracts which, in turn, led 
to  a  high  degree  of  auditor  judgment,  subjectivity,  and  audit  effort  in  performing  procedures  and  in  evaluating  the  audit 
evidence obtained related to the total estimated contract costs for fixed-price contracts with cumulative catch-up adjustments, 
anticipated losses or claims. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating 
to  the  revenue  recognition  process,  including  controls  over  the  determination  of  total  estimated  contract  cost  for  fixed-price 
contracts. These procedures also included, among others, (i) evaluating and testing management’s process for determining the 
total estimated contract cost for a sample of contracts with cumulative catch-up adjustments, anticipated losses or claims, which 
included  evaluating  the  contract  terms  and  other  documents  that  support  those  estimates,  and  testing  of  underlying  contract 
costs; (ii) assessing management's ability to reasonably estimate total contract costs by performing a  comparison of the total 
estimated contract cost as compared with prior period estimates, including evaluating the timely identification of circumstances 
that may warrant a  modification to the  total estimated  contract  cost; and (iii) evaluating, for certain contracts, management’s 
methodologies and assessing the consistency of management’s approach over the life of the contract. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California 
November 24, 2021 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004.

56 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except par value) 

ASSETS

Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Contract assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes receivable

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Right-of-use assets, operating leases
Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Deferred tax assets
Other long-term assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Contract liabilities
Short-term lease liabilities, operating leases
Current portion of long-term debt and other short-term borrowings
Current contingent earn-out liabilities
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities
Long-term debt
Long-term lease liabilities, operating leases
Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

Equity:

Preferred stock – Authorized, 2,000 shares of $0.01 par value; no shares issued and 
outstanding at October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020
Common stock – Authorized, 150,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding, 
53,981 and 53,797 shares at October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020, respectively
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings

Tetra Tech stockholders' equity

Noncontrolling interests

Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

166,568 
668,998 
103,784 
112,338 
14,260 
1,065,948 

37,733
215,422 
3,282 
1,108,578 
37,990 
54,413 
53,196 
2,576,562 

128,767 
206,322 
190,403 
67,452 
12,504 
19,520 
223,515 
848,483 

10,563
200,000 
174,285 
39,777 
69,163 

— 

540 

(125,028)
1,358,726 
1,234,238 
53 
1,234,291 
2,576,562 

$

$

$

$

157,515 
649,035 
92,632 
81,094 
19,509 
999,785 

35,507
239,396 
7,332 
993,498 
13,943 
32,052 
57,045 
2,378,558 

111,804 
199,801 
171,905 
69,650 
49,264 
16,142 
174,890 
793,456 

16,316
242,395 
191,955 
16,475 
80,588 

— 

538 

(161,786)
1,198,567 
1,037,319 
54 
1,037,373 
2,378,558 

$

$

$

$

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

57 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Acquisition and integration expenses

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Impairment of goodwill

Income from operations

Interest income

Interest expense

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

October 3,
2021
3,213,513 

$

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
2,994,891 

$

September 29, 
2019
3,107,348 

$

(661,341)

(646,319)

(717,711)

(2,053,772)

(1,902,037)

(1,981,454)

498,400 

(222,972)

— 

3,273 

— 

278,701 

917 

(12,748)

266,870 

(34,039)

232,831 

(21)

232,810 

4.31 

4.26 

54,078 

54,675

$

$

$

446,535 

(204,615)

— 

14,971 

(15,800)

241,091 

1,375 

(14,475)

227,991 

(54,101)

173,890 

(31)

173,859 

3.21 

3.16 

54,235 

55,022

$

$

$

408,183 

(200,230)

(10,351)

(1,085)

(7,755)

188,762 

1,732 

(15,358)

175,136 

(16,375)

158,761 

(93)

158,668 

2.89 

2.84 

54,986 

55,936

$

$

$

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

58 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(in thousands) 

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

 Gain (loss) on cash flow hedge valuations, net of tax

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020

September 29, 
2019

$

232,831 

$

173,890 

$

158,761 

30,644 

6,117 

36,761 

3,435 

(4,638)

(1,203)

(20,866)

(12,125)

(32,991)

Comprehensive income, net of tax

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of 
tax

Comprehensive income attributable to Tetra Tech, net of tax

$

$

269,592 

$

172,687 

$

125,770 

24 

30 

336

269,568 

$

172,657 

$

125,434 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

59 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Equity in income of unconsolidated joint ventures
Distributions of earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures
Amortization of stock-based awards
Deferred income taxes
Provision for losses on accounts receivables
Impairment of goodwill
Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration
Gain on sale of property and equipment

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisitions:

Accounts receivable and contract assets
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Contract liabilities
Other liabilities
Income taxes receivable/payable

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Capital expenditures
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from borrowings
Repayments on long-term debt
Repurchases of common stock
Taxes paid on vested restricted stock
Payments of contingent earn-out liabilities
Stock options exercised
Net change in overdrafts
Dividends paid
Principal payments on finance leases

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental information:

Cash paid during the year for:

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020

September 29, 
2019

$

232,831

$

173,890

$

158,761 

23,805 
(4,990)
4,604 
23,067 
(38,494)
(4,130)
— 
(3,273)
(110)

17,431 
(582)
13,551 
5,425 
13,407 
8,740 
13,090 
304,372 

(84,911)
(8,573)
492 
(92,992)

370,222 
(414,308)
(60,000)
(17,630)
(20,251)
11,250 
(36,627)
(40,041)
(2,714)
(210,099)

7,772

9,053 
157,515 

24,611 
(6,605)
6,310 
19,424 
565 
1,267 
15,800 
(14,971)
(11,066)

154,748 
(11,321)
(102,162)
(8,173)
5,894 
19,460 
(5,192)
262,479 

(68,488)
(12,245)
17,710 
(63,023)

308,364 
(331,066)
(117,188)
(11,166)
(22,900)
10,334 
36,627 
(34,743)
(1,311)
(163,049)

207

36,614 
120,901 

$

166,568

$

157,515

$

28,844 
(4,073)
4,048 
17,618 
(37,615)
16,964 
7,755 
1,085 
(232)

(10,226)
2,568 
39,011 
18,359 
(6,039)
(16,929)
(11,386)
208,513 

(84,159)
(16,198)
651 
(99,706)

417,262 
(415,491)
(100,000)
(6,893)
(12,018)
11,751 
— 
(29,674)
— 
(135,063)

(1,727)

(27,983)
148,884 

120,901 

Interest
Income taxes, net of refunds received of $2.1 million, $1.4 million and $5.2 million 

10,330
59,111
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

$
$

$
$

13,256
55,039

$
$

12,310 
66,038 

60 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Equity 
Fiscal Years Ended September 29, 2019, September 27, 2020, and October 3, 2021  
(in thousands) 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Retained
Earnings

Total
Tetra Tech
Equity

Non-Controlling
Interests

Total
Equity

55,349 

$

553 

$

148,803 

$

(127,350)

$

944,965 

$

966,971 

$

129 

$

967,100 

158,668 

158,668 

93 

158,761 

(21,109)

(12,125)

(21,109)

(12,125)

125,434 

243 

(20,866)

(12,125)

336 

125,770 

(287)

(287)

(29,674)

(29,674)

17,618 

(6,893)

11,751 

6,846 

(100,000)

(2,767)

(2,767)

(29,674)

17,618 

(6,893)

11,751 

6,846 

(100,000)

(2,767)

183 

448 

148 

(1,563)

2 

5 

2 

(16)

17,618 

(6,895)

11,746 

6,844 

(99,984)

54,565 

546 

78,132 

(160,584)

1,071,192 

989,286 

178 

989,464 

173,859 

173,859 

3,436 

(4,638)

3,436 

(4,638)

31 

(1)

173,890 

3,435 

(4,638)

172,657 

30 

172,687 

(154)

(154)

19,424 

(11,168)

10,330 

8,714 

2 

4 

1 

(34,743)

(34,743)

19,424 

(11,166)

10,334 

8,715 

(15)

(105,432)

(11,741)

(117,188)

212 

361 

168 

(1,509)

(34,743)

19,424 

(11,166)

10,334 

8,715 

(117,188)

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 30, 
2018

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of 
$0.54 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Stock repurchases

Cumulative effect of 
accounting changes

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 29, 
2019

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Loss on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of 
$0.64 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Stock repurchases

61 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Equity 
Fiscal Years Ended September 29, 2019, September 27, 2020, and October 3, 2021  
(in thousands) 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Retained
Earnings

Total
Tetra Tech
Equity

Non-Controlling
Interests

Total
Equity

53,797 

538 

— 

(161,786)

1,198,567 

1,037,319 

54 

1,037,373 

30,641 

6,117 

232,810 

232,810 

30,641 

6,117 

269,568 

(40,041)

(40,041)

23,067 

(17,630)

11,250 

10,705 

(60,000)

(32,610)

21 

3 

24 

(25)

232,831 

30,644 

6,117 

269,592 

(25)

(40,041)

23,067 

(17,630)

11,250 

10,705 

(60,000)

215 

324 

124 

(479)

3 

3 

1 

(5)

23,067 

(17,633)

11,247 

10,704 

(27,385)

53,981 

$

540 

$

— 

$

(125,028)

$ 1,358,726 

$

1,234,238 

$

53 

$ 1,234,291 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 27, 
2020

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling interests

Cash dividends of 
$0.74 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released

Stock options exercised

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Stock repurchases

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 3, 2021

62 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

1.           Description of Business 

We  are  a  leading  global  provider  of  consulting  and  engineering  services  that  focuses  on  water,  environment, 
sustainable  infrastructure,  renewable  energy,  and  international  development.  We  are  a  global  company  that  is  Leading  with 
Science® to provide innovative solutions for our public and private clients. We typically begin at the earliest stage of a project 
by  identifying  technical  solutions  and  developing  execution  plans  tailored  to  our  clients’  needs  and  resources.  Our  solutions 
may  span  the  entire  life  cycle  of  consulting  and  engineering  projects  and  include  applied  science,  data  analysis,  research, 
engineering, design, project management, and operations and maintenance. 

We  manage  our  business  under  two  reportable  segments.  Our  Government  Services  Group  (“GSG”)  reportable 
segment primarily includes activities with U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and all activities with development 
agencies  worldwide.  Our  Commercial/International  Services  Group  (“CIG”)  reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities 
with  U.S.  commercial  clients  and  international  clients  other  than  development  agencies. We  continue  to  report  the  historical 
results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the  Remediation and Construction Management (“RCM”) 
reportable segment.  

2.           Basis of Presentation and Preparation  

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation.    The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those 
of  joint  ventures  of  which  we  are  the  primary beneficiary. All  significant  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

Fiscal  Year.    We  report  results  of  operations  based  on  52/53-week  periods  ending  on  the  Sunday  nearest 

September 30. Fiscal 2021 contained 53 weeks, and fiscal 2020 and 2019 each contained 52 weeks.

Use  of  Estimates.    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and 
assumptions  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Although  such 
estimates and assumptions are based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may take in the future, 
actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.    Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of 
90  days or  less.  We  classify  cash  and  cash  equivalents  as  restricted  when  we  are  unable  to  freely  use  such  cash  and  cash 
equivalents for our general operating purposes. Restricted cash balances are reported within our "Prepaid expenses and other 
current  assets"  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Occasionally,  we  have  book  overdrafts  which  represent  checks  issued  in 
excess of funds on deposit in our bank accounts that have not yet been paid by the applicable bank at the balance sheet date.  
Bank overdrafts occur when a bank honors disbursements in excess of funds on deposit in our bank accounts. We classify book 
and  bank  overdrafts  as  short-term  borrowings  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  and  report  the  change  in  overdrafts  as  a 
financing activity in our consolidated statements of cash flows.   

Insurance  Matters,  Litigation  and  Contingencies.    In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  certain 
contractual  guarantees  and  litigation.  In  addition,  we  maintain  insurance  coverage  for  various  aspects  of  our  business  and 
operations.  We  record  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  amounts  representing  our  estimated  liability  for  these  legal  and 
insurance obligations.  Any adjustments to these liabilities are recorded in our consolidated statements of income. 

Accounts  Receivable –  Net.    Net  accounts  receivable  consists  of  billed  and  unbilled  accounts  receivable,  and 
allowances for doubtful accounts. Billed accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not been collected. 
Unbilled accounts receivable, which represent an unconditional right to payment subject only to the passage of time, include 
unbilled amounts typically resulting  from revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or  billed after  the 
period end date. Most of our unbilled receivables at October 3, 2021 are expected to be billed and collected within 12 months. 
Unbilled  accounts  receivable  also  include  amounts  related  to  requests  for  equitable  adjustment  to  contracts  that  provide  for 
price redetermination. These amounts are recorded only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. The 
allowance for doubtful accounts represents amounts that are expected to become uncollectible or unrealizable in the future. We 
determine an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts based on management's consideration of trends in the actual and 
forecasted credit quality of our clients, including delinquency and payment history; type of client, such as a government agency 
or a commercial sector client; and general economic and industry conditions, including the potential impacts of the coronavirus 
disease 2019 ("COVID-19") pandemic, that may affect our clients' ability to pay. 

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities. Contract assets represent revenue recognized in excess of the amounts for 
which we have the contractual right to bill our  customers. Contract retentions, included in contract  assets, represent amounts 
withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may extend beyond one year. Contract 

63 

liabilities represent the amount of cash collected from clients and billings to clients on contracts in advance of work performed 
and revenue recognized. The majority of these amounts are expected be earned within 12 months and are classified as current 
liabilities. 

Prepaid and other current assets.    Prepaid assets consist primarily of payments for insurance and software costs and 
are amortized over the estimated period of benefit. Other current assets include primarily sales/services and use tax receivables 
from our U.S and foreign operations.

Property and Equipment.    Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful 
lives  using  the  straight-line  method.  When  property  and  equipment  are  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  cost  and 
accumulated depreciation are removed from our consolidated balance sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in our 
consolidated  statements  of  income.  Expenditures  for  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Generally,  estimated 
useful lives range from three to seven years for equipment, furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a 
straight-line basis over  the  shorter  of their estimated useful lives or the  lease term.  Assets held for sale are measured at  the 
lower of carrying amount (i.e., net book value) and fair value less cost to sell, and are reported within "Prepaid expenses and 
other  current  assets"  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.    Once  assets  are  classified  as  held  for  sale,  they  are  no  longer 
depreciated. 

Long-Lived Assets.   We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets when the facts and circumstances suggest 
that the assets may be impaired. This assessment is performed based on the estimated undiscounted cash flows compared to the 
carrying value of the assets. If the future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) are less than the carrying value, 
a write-down would be recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value. 

Leases.        We  determine  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease 
right-of-use  ("ROU")  assets,  and  current  and  long-term  operating  lease  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Our 
finance  leases  are  reported  in  "Other  long-term  assets",  "Other  current  liabilities",  and  "Other  long-term  liabilities"  on  our 
consolidated balance sheet.  

ROU  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our 
obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at  the 
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an 
implicit rate, incremental borrowing rates are used based on  the information available at commencement date in determining 
the  present  value  of  lease  payments.  The  operating  lease  ROU  asset  at  the  commencement  date  also  includes  any  lease 
payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date and initial direct costs less lease incentives received. Lease 
terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease 
expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

We recognize a liability for contract termination costs associated with an exit activity for costs that will continue to be 
incurred under a lease for its remaining term without economic benefit to us, initially measured at its fair value at the cease-use 
date. The fair value is determined based on the remaining lease rentals, adjusted for the effects of any prepaid or deferred items 
recognized under the lease, and reduced by estimated sublease rentals.

Business Combinations.    The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased 
and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of these assets 
and  liabilities  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  use  valuation  techniques  when  a market  value  is  not  readily  available. Any 
excess of purchase price over the fair value  of net tangible  and  intangible  assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Goodwill 
typically  represents  the  value  paid  for  the  assembled  workforce  and  enhancement  of  our  service  offerings. Transaction  costs 
associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.    Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value 
of  the  net  assets  acquired  in  a  business  acquisition.  Following  an  acquisition,  we  perform  an  analysis  to  value  the  acquired 
company's tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities. With respect to identifiable intangible assets, we consider 
backlog,  non-compete  agreements,  client  relations,  trade  names,  patents  and  other  assets.  We  amortize  our  intangible  assets 
based on the  period over  which  the  contractual or economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be  realized. We 
assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on 
expected future profitability and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. Should the 
review  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  is  not  fully  recoverable,  the  excess  of  the  carrying  value  over  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible assets would be recognized as an impairment loss.

We test our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, and more frequently when an event occurs, or circumstances 
indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  We  believe  the  methodology  that  we  use  to  review 
impairment of goodwill, which includes a significant amount of judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to 
determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is 

64 

impaired  are  outside  of  our  control  and  it  is  reasonably  likely  that  assumptions  and  estimates  will  change  in  future  periods. 
These changes could result in future impairments. 

We  perform  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  Our  last  annual 
review  was  performed  at  June 28,  2021  (i.e., the  first  day  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter).  In  addition,  we  regularly  evaluate 
whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. We perform 
interim goodwill impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and circumstances have occurred, including 
a deterioration in general economic conditions, an increased competitive environment, a change in management, key personnel, 
strategy or customers, negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with 
actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is 
defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. Our operating segments 
are the same as our reportable segments and our reporting units for goodwill impairment testing are the components one level 
below  our  reportable  segments. These  components  constitute  a  business  for  which  discrete  financial  information  is  available 
and where segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. We aggregate components within an 
operating segment that have similar economic characteristics. 

The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  involves  the  comparison  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  to  the 
reporting  unit's  carrying  value,  including  goodwill. We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  reporting  units  based  on  a  comparison  and 
weighting of the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method and the market approach, which estimates the 
fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  based  upon  comparable  market  prices  and  recent  transactions  and  also  validates  the 
reasonableness  of  the  multiples  from  the  income  approach.  The  development  of  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flow 
projections includes assumptions and estimates derived  from a review of our expected revenue growth rates, operating profit 
margins,  discount  rates,  and  the  terminal  growth  rate.  If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  carrying  amount,  the 
goodwill of that reporting unit is not considered impaired. However, if its carrying value exceeds its fair value, our goodwill is 
impaired,  and  we  are  required  to  record  a  non-cash  charge  that  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements.  An impairment loss recognized, if any, should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the 
reporting unit.   

Contingent Consideration.    Most of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out arrangements, which are 
generally  based  on  the  achievement  of  future  operating  income  thresholds.  The  contingent  earn-out  arrangements  are  based 
upon  our  valuations  of  the  acquired  companies  and  reduce  the  risk  of  overpaying  for  acquisitions  if  the  projected  financial 
results are not achieved.

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on 
their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the 
initial purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Current contingent earn-
out liabilities" and "Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors 
when determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of 
our acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and 
material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to  determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired 
companies that remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level 
compared  with  the  compensation  of  our  other  key  employees.  The  contingent  earn-out  payments  are  not  affected  by 
employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in 
the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally three or five years), and the 
probability  outcome  percentages  we  assign  to  each  scenario.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  to  either  of  these  inputs  in 
isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of 
the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent 
earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  Any  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  contingent  earn-out  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in 
operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

65 

Other  current  liabilities.    Other  current  liabilities  consists  primarily  of  accrued  insurance,  contingent  liabilities, 

sales/services and use taxes due to our U.S. and foreign operations, other tax accruals and accrued professional fees. 

Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments.    We  determine  the  fair  values  of  our  financial  instruments,  including  short-
term investments, debt instruments, derivative instruments and pension plan assets based on inputs or assumptions that market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. We categorize our instruments using a valuation hierarchy for disclosure 
of the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs 
are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar 
assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through 
market  corroboration,  for  substantially  the  full  term  of  the  financial  instrument;  and  Level 3  inputs  are  unobservable  inputs 
based  on  our  own  assumptions  used  to  measure  assets  and  liabilities  at  fair  value.  The  classification  of  a  financial  asset  or 
liability within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values 
based  on  their  short-term  nature.  The  carrying  amounts  of  our  revolving  credit  facility  approximates  fair  value  because  the 
interest rates are based upon variable reference rates. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as contingent earn-out liabilities 
and amounts related to cash-flow hedges, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value. 

Our fair value measurement methods may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable 
value or reflective of future fair values. Although we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those 
used by other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value could result in a 
different fair value measurement at the reporting date. 

Derivative Financial Instruments.    We account for our derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carry 
them  at  fair  value.  For  derivative  instruments  that  hedge  the  exposure  to  variability  in  expected  future  cash  flows  that  are 
designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component 
of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity and reclassified into income in the same period or 
periods  during  which  the  hedged  transaction  affects  earnings.  The  ineffective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  derivative 
instrument, if any, is recognized in current income. To receive hedge accounting treatment, cash flow hedges must be highly 
effective in offsetting changes to expected future cash flows on hedged transactions.

The net gain or loss on the effective portion of a derivative instrument that is designated as an economic hedge of the 
foreign currency translation exposure generated by the re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in a non-
functional  currency  in  a  foreign  operation  is  reported  in  the  same  manner  as  a  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment. 
Accordingly, any gains or losses related to these derivative instruments are recognized in current income. Derivatives that do 
not qualify as hedges are adjusted to fair value through current income. 

Deferred Compensation.    We maintain a non-qualified defined contribution supplemental retirement plan for certain 
key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  that  is  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  applicable  authoritative  guidance  on 
accounting  for  deferred  compensation  arrangements  where  amounts  earned  are  held  in  a  rabbi  trust  and  invested.  Employee 
deferrals are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual variable life insurance contracts that 
we own and are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. Our consolidated balance sheets reflect 
our  investment  in  variable  life  insurance  contracts  in  "Other  long-term  assets."  Our  obligation  to  participating  employees  is 
reflected in "Other long-term liabilities." The net gains and losses related to the deferred compensation plan are reported as part 
of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our consolidated statements of income. 

Pension Plan. 

In  connection  with  a  fiscal  2021  acquisition,  we  assumed  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan.  We 
calculate  the  market-related  value  of  assets,  which  is  used  to  determine  the  return-on-assets  component  of  annual  pension 
expense and the cumulative net unrecognized gain or loss subject to amortization. This calculation reflects our anticipated long-
term rate of return and amortization of the difference between the actual return (including capital, dividends, and interest) and 
the  expected  return.  Cumulative  net  unrecognized  gains  or  losses  that  exceed  10%  of  the  greater  of  the  projected  benefit 
obligation or the fair market related value of plan assets are subject to amortization.

Income  Taxes.    We  file a  consolidated  U.S.  federal  income  tax  return.  In  addition,  we  file  other  returns  that  are 
required in the states, foreign jurisdictions and other jurisdictions in which we do business. We account for certain income and 
expense items differently for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for 
the  difference  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible 
amounts  in the  future  based on enacted  tax laws and rates applicable  to the  periods in which the differences  are  expected to 
reverse. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, management reviews both positive and negative evidence, including 
current and historical results of operations, future income projections, scheduled reversals of deferred tax amounts, availability 
of carrybacks, and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that a portion of the deferred 
tax assets will not be realized. 

66 

According  to  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes,  we  may  recognize  the  tax 
benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by 
the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from 
such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate  settlement.  This  guidance  also  addresses  de-recognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties  on  income  taxes, 
accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. 

Concentration of Credit Risk.    Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash 
equivalents and net accounts receivable. In the event that we have surplus cash, we place our temporary cash investments with 
lower  risk  financial  institutions  and,  by  policy,  limit  the  amount  of  investment  exposure  to  any  one  financial  institution. 
Approximately 24% of accounts receivable were due from various agencies of the U.S. federal government at fiscal 2021 year-
end. The remaining accounts receivable are generally diversified due to the large number of organizations comprising our client 
base  and  their  geographic  dispersion.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our  clients  and  maintain  an  allowance  for 
potential credit losses. Approximately 50%, 20% and 30% of our fiscal 2021 revenue was generated from our U.S. government, 
U.S. commercial and international clients, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation.    We determine the functional currency of our foreign operating units based upon the 
primary  currency  in  which  they  operate.  These  operating  units  maintain  their  accounting  records  in  their  local  currency, 
primarily Canadian and Australian dollars, and British pounds. Where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, translation 
of assets and liabilities to U.S. dollars is based on exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Translation of revenue and expenses 
to U.S. dollars is based on the average rate during the period. Translation gains or losses are reported as a component of other 
comprehensive income (loss). Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in income from operations.

Reclassifications.    Certain reclassifications were made to the prior years to conform to the current-year presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in Fiscal 2021.

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  updated  guidance,  Accounting  Standards  Update  ("ASU")  2016-13,  related  to  the 
measurement of credit losses for certain financial assets. This guidance replaced the previous incurred loss methodology with 
an expected credit loss methodology. It requires us to recognize an allowance equal to our current estimate of all contractual 
cash flows that we do not expect to collect. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, and the adoption did not 
have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  estimate  considered  relevant  information  about  past 
events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts impacting the collectability of the reported amounts.

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  updated  guidance  modifying  certain  fair  value  measurement  disclosures.  The 
guidance contains additional disclosures to enable users of the financial statements to better understand the entity’s assumption 
used to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value  measurements,  but also eliminates the  requirement for 
entities  to  disclose  the  amount  of  and  reasons  for  transfers  between  Level  1  and  Level  2  investments  within  the  fair  value 
hierarchy. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, and the adoption did not have a material impact on our 
consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted.

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2019-12,  which  simplifies  the  accounting  for  income  taxes  by  removing 
certain  exceptions  to  general  principles  in  Topic  740  and  amending  certain  existing  guidance  for  clarity.  This  guidance  is 
effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020 (first quarter of fiscal 
2022 for us). Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have an impact on our consolidated 
financial statements. 

In May 2020, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued guidance amending certain financial disclosures about 
acquired  and  disposed  businesses.  The  amendments  are  designed  to  assist  registrants  in  making  more  meaningful 
determinations of whether a subsidiary or an acquired or disposed business is significant, and to improve the related disclosure 
requirements. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2020 (first quarter of fiscal 2022 for us). 
We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, which requires the recognition and measurement of contract assets 
and  contract  liabilities  acquired  in  a  business  combination  in  accordance  with  ASC  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers. Considerations to determine the amount of contract assets and contract liabilities to record at the acquisition date 
include  the  terms  of  the  acquired  contract,  such  as  timing  of  payment,  identification  of  each  performance  obligation  in  the 
contract  and  allocation  of  the  contract  transaction  price  to  each  identified  performance  obligation  on  a  relative  standalone 
selling price basis as of contract inception. ASU 2021-08 is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2023. ASU 
2021-08  should  be  applied  prospectively  for  acquisitions  occurring  on  or  after  the  effective  date  of  the  amendments.  Early 
adoption of the proposed amendments would be permitted, including adoption in an interim period. We are currently assessing 
the impact this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.  

67 

3.           Revenue and Contract Balances 

We recognize revenue over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised 
good or service to our customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured 
using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to 
total estimated contract cost. This measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgement 
to  faithfully  depict  the  value  of  the  services  transferred  to  the  customer.  For  certain  on-call  engineering  or  consulting  and 
similar  contracts,  we  recognize  revenue  in  the  amount  which  we  have  the  right  to  invoice  the  customer  if  that  amount 
corresponds directly with the value of our performance completed to date.

Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance 
obligation will be revised in the near-term. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-
cost  measure  of  progress  method,  changes  in  total  estimated  costs,  and  related progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  the 
performance obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are 
made. When the current estimate of total costs indicates a loss, a provision for the entire estimated loss on the contract is made 
in the period in which the loss becomes evident. 

Disaggregation of Revenue 

We disaggregate revenue by client sector and contract type, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, timing, and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The following tables present revenue disaggregated by 
client sector and contract type:  

Client Sector:

U.S. state and local government
U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. commercial
International (2)

Total

Contract Type:

Fixed-price

Time-and-materials

Cost-plus

Total

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands)

September 29, 
2019

$

536,309 

$

439,019 

$

1,081,608

638,169

957,427

993,835 

674,605 

887,432 

587,364 

941,102 

719,314 

859,568 

$

$

3,213,513 

$

2,994,891 

$

3,107,348 

1,191,244 

$

1,078,432 

$

1,048,158 

1,492,813

529,456

1,391,592 

524,867 

1,509,900 

549,290 

$

3,213,513 

$

2,994,891 

$

3,107,348 

(1)    Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States.
(2)    Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients.

Other than the U.S. federal government, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for fiscal 2021 

and 2020.

68 

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

We  invoice  customers  based  on  the  contractual  terms  of  each  contract.  However,  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition 

may differ from the timing of invoice issuance. 

 Contract assets represent revenue recognized in excess of the amounts for which we have the contractual right to bill 
our  customers.  Such  amounts  are  recoverable  from  customers  based  upon  various  measures  of  performance,  including 
achievement of certain milestones or completion of a contract. In addition, many of our time and materials arrangements are 
billed  in  arrears  pursuant  to  contract  terms  that  are  standard  within  the  industry,  resulting  in  contract  assets  and/or  unbilled 
receivables  being  recorded,  as  revenue  is  recognized  in  advance  of  billings.  Contract  retentions,  included  in  contract  assets, 
represent amounts withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may extend beyond 
one year. 

Contract  liabilities  consist  of  billings  in  excess  of  revenue recognized.  Contract  liabilities  decrease  as  we  recognize 
revenue from the satisfaction of the related performance obligation and increase as billings in advance of revenue recognition 
occur. Contract assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting 
period.  There  were  no  substantial  non-current  contract  assets  or  liabilities  for  the  periods  presented.  Net  contract  liabilities 
consisted of the following:

Contract assets (1)
Contract liabilities

Net contract liabilities

Balance at

October 3,
2021

September 27, 
2020

(in thousands)

$

$

103,784 

190,403 

(86,619)

$

$

92,632 

171,905 

(79,273)

(1)    Includes $12.2 million and $12.3 million of contract retentions as of October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020, respectively.

In fiscal 2021, we recognized revenue of approximately $119 million from amounts included in the contract liability 

balance at the end of fiscal 2020, compared to approximately $118 million for the comparative prior-year period.

We  recognize revenue primarily using the  cost-to-cost  measure  of progress method, which involves the  estimates of 
progress towards completion. Changes in those estimates could result in the recognition of cumulative catch-up adjustments to 
the  contract’s  inception-to-date  revenue,  costs  and  profit  in  the  period  in  which  such  changes  are  made.  As  a  result,  we 
recognized net favorable operating income adjustments of $0.7 million and $0.8 million for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively, 
exclusive  of  the  amounts  related  to  claims  described  below.  Changes  in  revenue  and  cost  estimates  could  also  result  in  a 
projected loss, determined at the contract level, which would be recorded immediately in earnings. As of October 3, 2021 and 
September 27,  2020,  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  included  liabilities  for  anticipated  losses  of  $12.7  million  and  $13.2 
million, respectively. The estimated cost to complete these related contracts as of October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020 was 
approximately $104 million and $118 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Net accounts receivable consisted of the following:

Billed

Unbilled

Total accounts receivable
Allowance for doubtful accounts

Total accounts receivable, net

Balance at

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

$

432,814 

$

240,536 

673,350 

(4,352)

402,818

253,364 

656,182 

(7,147)

$

668,998 

$

649,035

Billed  accounts  receivable  represent  amounts  billed  to  clients  that  have  not  been  collected.  Unbilled  accounts 
receivable,  which represent  an  unconditional  right  to payment  subject  only  to  the passage  of  time,  include  unbilled amounts 
typically  resulting  from  revenue  recognized  but  not  yet  billed  pursuant  to  contract  terms  or  billed  after  the  period  end  date. 
Most of our unbilled receivables at October 3, 2021 are expected to be billed and collected within 12 months. The allowance for 

69 

doubtful accounts represents amounts that are expected to become uncollectible or unrealizable in the future. We determine an 
estimated  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  based  on  management's  consideration  of  trends  in  the  actual  and  forecasted 
credit  quality  of  our  clients,  including  delinquency  and  payment  history;  type  of  client,  such  as  a  government  agency  or  a 
commercial  sector  client;  and  general  economic  and  industry  conditions,  including  the  potential  impacts  of  the  COVID-19 
pandemic, that may affect our clients' ability to pay.

Total  accounts  receivable  at  October 3,  2021  and  September 27,  2020  included  approximately  $11  million  and  $14 
million,  respectively,  related  to  claims,  including  requests  for  equitable  adjustment,  on  contracts  that  provide  for  price 
redetermination. Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third 
parties for delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both 
scope  and  price,  or  other  causes  of  unanticipated  additional  costs.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  revenue 
associated with claims (including change orders in dispute and unapproved change orders in regards to both scope and price) 
should be recognized include the following: (a) the contract or other evidence provides a legal basis for the claim, (b) additional 
costs  were  caused  by  circumstances  that  were  unforeseen  at  the  contract  date  and  not  the  result  of  deficiencies  in  our 
performance, (c) claim-related costs are identifiable and considered reasonable in view of the work performed, and (d) evidence 
supporting the claim  is objective  and verifiable. This can lead to a situation in which costs are recognized in one period and 
revenue is recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement is obtained, or a claims resolution occurs.

We regularly evaluate all unsettled claim amounts and record appropriate adjustments to operating earnings when it is 
probable that the claim will result in a different contract value than the amount previously estimated. In fiscal 2021 (all in the 
second quarter), we recognized increases to revenue and related gains of $2.8 million in our Commercial/International Services 
Group  ("CIG"). In  fiscal  2020,  we  recorded  net  losses  in  operating  income  related  to  claims  of  $4.4 million  in  our  CIG 
segment. 

No single client accounted for more than 10% of our accounts receivable at October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020.

Remaining Unsatisfied Performance Obligations (“RUPOs”)

Our  RUPOs  represent  a  measure  of  the  total  dollar  value  of  work  to  be  performed  on  contracts  awarded  and  in 
progress. We had $3.5 billion of RUPOs as of October 3, 2021. RUPOs increase with awards from new contracts or additions 
on  existing  contracts  and  decrease  as  work  is  performed  and  revenue  is  recognized  on  existing  contracts.  RUPOs  may  also 
decrease  when  projects  are  canceled  or  modified  in  scope.  We  include  a  contract  within  our  RUPOs  when  the  contract  is 
awarded and an agreement on contract terms has been reached. 

We expect to satisfy our RUPOs as of October 3, 2021 over the following periods: 

Within 12 months

Beyond 

Total 

Amount
(in thousands)

$

$

2,031,377 

1,436,456 

3,467,833 

Although  RUPOs  reflect  business  that  is  considered  to  be  firm,  cancellations,  deferrals  or  scope  adjustments  may 
occur.  RUPOs  are  adjusted  to  reflect  any  known  project  cancellations,  revisions  to  project  scope  and  cost,  foreign  currency 
exchange  fluctuations  and  project  deferrals,  as  appropriate.  Our  operations  and  maintenance  contracts  can  generally  be 
terminated  by  the  clients  without  a  substantive  financial  penalty.  Therefore,  the  remaining  performance  obligations  on  such 
contracts are limited to the notice period required for the termination (usually 30, 60, or 90 days).

4.           Stock Repurchase and Dividends 

On January 27, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a $200 million stock repurchase program, which was included 
in our remaining authorization balance of $207.8 million as of fiscal 2020 year-end. In fiscal 2021, we repurchased and settled 
479,369 shares with an average price of $125.16 per share for a total cost of $60.0 million in the open market. As of October 3, 
2021, we had a remaining balance of $147.8 million available under repurchase program. 

70 

The following table presents dividends declared and paid in fiscal 2021 and 2020: 

Declare Date

November 9, 2020

January 25, 2021

April 26, 2021

July 26, 2021

$

$

$

$

Dividend Paid Per 
Share

0.17 

0.17 

0.20 

0.20 

Total dividends paid as of October 3, 2021

Record Date

Payment Date

November 30, 2020

December 11, 2020

$

February 10, 2021

February 26, 2021

May 12, 2021

May 28, 2021

August 20, 2021

September 3, 2021

November 11, 2019

January 27, 2020

April 27, 2020

July 27, 2020

$

$

$

$

0.15 

0.15 

0.17 

0.17 

December 2, 2019

December 13, 2019

February 12, 2020

February 28, 2020

May 13, 2020

May 29, 2020

August 21, 2020

September 4, 2020

Total dividends paid as of September 27, 2020

Dividends Paid 
(in thousands)

9,198 

9,212 

10,831 

10,800 

40,041 

8,190 

8,225 

9,175 

9,153 

34,743 

$

$

$

Subsequent  Events.    On  October  5,  2021,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under 
which  we  could  repurchase  up  to  $400 million  of  our  common  stock  in  addition  to  the  $147.8 million  remaining  under  the 
previous stock repurchase program at October 3, 2021. On November 15, 2021, the Board of Directors also declared a quarterly 
cash  dividend  of  $0.20  per  share  payable  on  December 20,  2021  to  stockholders  of  record  as  of  the  close  of  business  on 
December 2, 2021.

5.          Acquisitions  

In fiscal 2021, we acquired Coanda Research and Development Corporation ("CRD"), The Kaizen Company (“KZN”), 
IBRA-RMAC Automation Solutions (“IRM”), and the partnership interests of Hoare Lea, LLP and Subsidiaries ("HLE"). CRD 
is based in Burnaby, British Columbia and provides world-class expertise in computational fluid dynamics and utilizes industry-
leading  capabilities  to  solve  complex  engineering  science  problems  for  commercial  customers,  across  a  broad  range  of 
industries.  KZN  is  based  in  Washington,  DC  and  provides  international  development  advisory  and  management  consulting 
services  offering  a  suite  of  innovative  tools  that  support  advanced  solutions  in  health,  education,  governance,  peace  and 
stability, and sustainable economic growth. IRM is based in San Diego, California, and provides digital water transformation 
consulting services and an innovative suite of tools to address complex water system modernization challenges. HLE is a leader 
in sustainable engineering design based in Bristol, United Kingdom. It was established in 1862 and is an award-winning high-
end  consultancy  firm  in  the  United  Kingdom,  with  more  than  900  employees,  providing  innovative  solutions  to  complex 
engineering and design challenges for sustainable infrastructure and high performance buildings. CRD and HLE are part of our 
CIG segment, and KZN and IRM are part of our GSG segment. The total fair value of the purchase price for these acquisitions 
was $151.7 million. This amount is comprised of $101.4 million in initial cash payments made to the sellers, and $50.3 million 
for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $74.0 million, based upon the achievement 
of specified operating income targets in each of the three to four years following the acquisitions. 

In  fiscal  2020,  we  acquired  Segue  Technologies,  Inc.  ("SEG"),  a  leading  information  technology  management 
consulting firm based in Arlington, Virginia, and BlueWater Federal Solutions, Inc. ("BWF"), a leading information technology 
management consulting firm based in Chantilly, Virginia. Both of these acquisitions are part of our GSG segment. The total fair 
value of the purchase price for these two acquisitions was $88.6 million. This amount was comprised of $71.4 million in initial 
cash  payments  made  to  the  sellers,  $0.7 million  of  payables  related  to  estimated  post-closing  adjustments  for  net  assets 
acquired, and $16.5 million for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $28.0 million, 
based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the  three years following the acquisitions.

In fiscal 2019, we acquired eGlobalTech ("EGT") and WYG plc (“WYG”). EGT is a high-end information technology 
solutions,  cloud  migration,  cybersecurity,  and  management  consulting  firm  based  in  Arlington,  Virginia.  WYG  employs 
approximately  1,600  staff  primarily  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  Europe,  delivering  consulting  and  engineering  solutions  for 
complex  projects  across  key  service  areas  including  planning,  water  and  environment,  transport,  infrastructure,  the  built 
environment, architecture, urban design, surveying, asset management, program management, and international development.  
Both of these acquisitions are part of our GSG segment. The total fair value of the purchase price for these two acquisitions was 
$103.3 million. This amount was comprised of a $24.7 million promissory note issued to the sellers (which was subsequently 
paid in full in the third quarter of fiscal 2019), cash payments of $54.2 million to the sellers, $3.3 million of payables related to 
estimated post-closing adjustments for net assets acquired, and $21.1 million for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out 
obligations, with a maximum of $25.0 million, based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the 
three years following the acquisitions. In addition, we assumed net debt of $11.5 million, which was subsequently paid in full in 
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 and incurred $10.4 million in acquisition and integration costs. 

71 

Goodwill additions resulting from the above business combinations are primarily attributable to the existing workforce 
of  the  acquired  companies  and  the  synergies  expected  to  arise  after  the  acquisitions.  The  fiscal  2021  goodwill  additions 
represent  the  significant  technical  expertise  residing  in  embedded  workforces  that  are  sought  out  by  clients  and  the  long-
standing  reputation  of  HLE.  The  goodwill  additions  related  to  our  fiscal  2020  goodwill  additions  represent  the  value  of  a 
workforce  with  distinct  expertise  in  the  high-end  information  technology  field,  in  the  areas  of  data  analytics,  modeling  and 
simulation, cloud, and agile software development.  In addition, these acquired capabilities, when combined with our existing 
global consulting and engineering business, result in opportunities that allow us to provide services under contracts that could 
not have been pursued individually by either us or the acquired companies. The results of these acquisitions were included in 
our  consolidated  financial  statements  from  their  respective  closing  dates.  These  acquisitions  were  not  considered  material, 
individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  As  a  result,  no  pro  forma  information  has  been 
provided. 

Backlog,  client  relations  and  trade  name  intangible  assets  include  the  fair  value  of  existing  contracts  and  the 
underlying customer relationships with lives ranging from one to ten years, and trade names with lives ranging from three to 
five years.   

Most  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  agreements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income  thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based on our  valuations of the 
acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. The 
fair values of any earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their respective 
acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial purchase 
price and record  the  estimated fair value  of contingent consideration as  a liability in “Current contingent earn-out liabilities” 
and  “Long-term  contingent  earn-out  liabilities”  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  consider  several  factors  when 
determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of our 
acquisitions  is  not  supported  solely  by  the  initial  consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out  formula  is  a  critical  and 
material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to  determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired 
companies that remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level 
compared  with  the  compensation  of  our  other  key  employees.  The  contingent  earn-out  payments  are  not  affected  by 
employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability-weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in 
the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or three years), and the 
probability  outcome  percentages  we  assign  to  each  scenario.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  to  either  of  these  inputs  in 
isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of 
the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent 
earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash 
flows.  Any  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  contingent  earn-out  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in 
operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. In each quarter during fiscal 2021, 
we  evaluated  our  estimates  for  contingent  consideration  liabilities  for  the  remaining  earn-out  periods  for  each  individual 
acquisition, which included a review of their financial results to-date, the status of ongoing projects in their RUPOs, and the 
inventory of prospective new contract awards. In addition, we considered the potential impact of the global economic disruption 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic on our operating income projections over the various earn-out periods.  

In  fiscal  2021,  we  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  a  net  gain  in  operating 
income  of  $3.3 million,  substantially  all  in  the  fourth  quarter. These  adjustments  resulted  from  the  updated  valuations  of  the 
contingent consideration liabilities, which reflect updated projections of acquired companies' financial performance during their 
respective earn-out periods.  

In  fiscal  2020,  we  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  related  net  gains  in 
operating  income  of  $15.0 million,  substantially  all  in  the  fourth  quarter.  These  gains  primarily  resulted  from  updated 
valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for Norman, Disney and Young ("NDY"), EGT, and SEG.

The acquisition agreement for NDY included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income  thresholds  (in Australian  dollars)  in  each of  the first  three  years  beginning  on  the  acquisition  date,  which  was  in  the 
second  quarter  of  fiscal  2018.  The  maximum  earn-out  obligation  over  the  three-year  earn-out  period  was  A$25 million 

72 

(A$7.4 million in year one, and A$8.8 million each in years two and three). These amounts could be earned primarily on a pro-
rata basis for operating income  within a  predetermined range  in each year. NDY was required to meet a minimum  operating 
income threshold in each year to earn any contingent consideration.  

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for NDY on the acquisition date included our estimate of the 
fair  value  of  the  related  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  The  initial  valuation  was  primarily  based  on  probability-weighted 
internal estimates of NDY's operating income during each earn-out period. Based on these estimates, we calculated an initial 
fair value at the acquisition date of A$9.4 million for NDY's contingent earn-out liability in the second quarter of fiscal 2018. In 
determining  that  NDY  would  earn  38%  of  the  maximum  potential  earn-out,  we  considered  several  factors  including  NDY's 
recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in NDY's backlog 
level.  

NDY's actual financial performance in the first two earn-out periods exceeded our original estimates at the acquisition 
date.  As  a  result,  we  increased  the  related  contingent  consideration  liability  and  recognized  losses  of  $2.1 million 
(A$3.0 million) and $5.4 million (A$7.9 million) in fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we 
evaluated  our  estimate  of  NDY’s  contingent  consideration  liability  for  the  third  and  final  earn-out  period.  This  assessment 
included  a  review  of  NDY’s  actual  and  forecasted  results  for  the  third  earn-out  period,  which  included  an  evaluation  of  the 
status  of  ongoing  projects  in  NDY’s  backlog,  and  the  inventory  of  prospective  new  contract  awards  and  the  impact  of  the 
COVID-19  pandemic  on  the Australian  economy  and  NDY's  operations. As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we  concluded  that 
NDY’s  operating  income  in  the  third  earn-out  period  would  be  lower  than  previously  estimated,  and  we  reduced  NDY’s 
contingent earn-out liability to $1.8 million (A$2.6 million), which resulted in a gain of $3.7 million (A$5.2 million). 

The acquisition agreement for EGT included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income thresholds in each of the first three years beginning on the acquisition date, which was in the second quarter of fiscal 
2019.  The  maximum  earn-out  obligation  over  the  three-year  earn-out  period  was  $25 million  ($8.5 million  in  year  one, 
$9.0 million in year two, and $7.5 million in year three). In each of the first two earn-out years, EGT was to receive a portion of 
the contingent consideration if EGT achieved a minimum operating income threshold. The remaining contingent consideration 
could  be  earned  primarily  on  a  pro-rata  basis  for  operating  income  within  a  predetermined  range  in  each  year.  EGT  was 
required to meet a minimum operating income threshold in each year to earn any of this contingent consideration.  

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for EGT on the acquisition date included our estimate of the 
fair  value  of  the  related  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  The  initial  valuation  was  primarily  based  on  probability-weighted 
internal estimates of EGT's operating income during each earn-out period. Based on these estimates, we calculated an initial fair 
value  at  the  acquisition  date  of  $21.1 million  for  EGT's  contingent  earn-out  liability  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2019. In 
determining  that  EGT  would  earn  84%  of  the  maximum  potential  earn-out,  we  considered  several  factors  including  EGT's 
recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in EGT's backlog 
level and the prospects for the U.S. federal information technology market.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2020, EGT achieved and was paid the maximum earn-out obligation for the first earn-out 
period. Subsequently, we evaluated our estimate of EGT’s contingent consideration liability for the second and third earn-out 
periods. This assessment included  a review  of EGT’s actual  and forecasted results for the second and third earn-out periods, 
which included an evaluation of the status of ongoing projects in EGT’s backlog, and the inventory of prospective new contract 
awards. As a result of this assessment, we concluded that EGT's operating income in the second and third earn-out period would 
be  lower than previously  estimated. Accordingly, in the  fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we reduced EGT’s contingent earn-out 
liability to $7.5 million, which resulted in a gain of $4.7 million. 

The acquisition agreement for SEG included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income thresholds in each of the first three years beginning on the acquisition date, which was in the second quarter of fiscal 
2020. The  maximum  earn-out  obligation  over  the  three-year  earn-out  period  was  $20 million  ($5.0 million,  $7.0 million  and 
$8.0 million for years one, two and three, respectively). SEG was to receive a portion of the contingent consideration if SEG 
achieved a minimum operating income threshold in each year of the earn-out period. The remaining contingent consideration 
could  be  earned  primarily  on  a  pro-rata  basis  for  operating  income  within  a  predetermined  range  in  each  year.  SEG  was 
required to meet a minimum operating income threshold in each year to earn any of this contingent consideration.  

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for SEG on the acquisition date included our estimate of the 
fair  value  of  the  related  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  The  initial  valuation  was  primarily  based  on  probability-weighted 
internal estimates of SEG's operating income during each earn-out period. Based on these estimates, we calculated an initial fair 
value  at  the  acquisition  date  of  $11.3 million  for  SEG's  contingent  earn-out  liability  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  In 
determining  that  SEG  would  earn  57%  of  the  maximum  potential  earn-out,  we  considered  several  factors  including  SEG's 
recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in SEG's backlog 
level and the prospects for the U.S. federal information technology market.  

73 

SEG’s  actual  financial  performance  in  the  first  earn-out  period  on  a  year  to  date  basis  was  below  our  original 
expectation  at  the  acquisition  date.  As  a  result,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  we  evaluated  our  estimate  of  SEG’s 
contingent consideration liability for all earn-out periods. This assessment included a review of SEG’s financial results in the 
first earn-out period, the status of ongoing projects in SEG’s backlog, the inventory of prospective new contract awards, and 
future  synergies  with  other  Tetra  Tech  operating  units.  As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we  concluded  that  SEG’s  operating 
income in all earn-out periods would be lower than originally anticipated. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we 
reduced the SEG contingent earn-out liability to $8.1 million, which resulted in a gain of $3.4 million. 

In fiscal 2019, we recorded  adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported a related net loss of $1.1 
million in operating income. These adjustments resulted from the updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities, 
which reflect updated projections of acquired companies' financial performance during their respective earn-out periods.  

At  October 3,  2021,  there  was  a  total  potential  maximum of  $105.4  million  of  outstanding  contingent  consideration 
related to acquisitions. Of this amount, $59.3 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance 
sheet.  If  the  global  economic  disruption  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  is  prolonged,  we  could  have  more  significant 
reductions in our contingent earn-out liabilities and related gains in operating income in future periods.

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of estimated contingent earn-out liabilities: 

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands)

September 29,
2019

Beginning balance

$

32,617 

$

52,992 

$

Acquisition date fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities

Change in fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities

Re-measurement of contingent earn-out liabilities

Foreign exchange impact

Earn-out payments:

Reported as cash used in operating activities

Reported as cash used in financing activities

Ending balance 

6.           Goodwill and Intangible Assets  

50,235 

992 

(3,273)

(596)

(427)

(20,251)

16,581 

1,162 

(14,971)

(247)

— 

(22,900)

$

59,297 

$

32,617 

$

35,290 

27,704 

1,489 

1,085 

(558)

— 

(12,018)

52,992 

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill: 

GSG

CIG
(in thousands)

Total

Balance at September 29, 2019

$

441,802 

$

483,018 

$

924,820 

Acquisitions

Impairment

Translation and other

Balance at September 27, 2020

Acquisitions

Translation and other

Balance at October 3, 2021

74,882 

— 

(369)

516,315 

15,112 

7,006 

5,294 

(15,800)

4,671 

477,183 

75,479 

17,483 

80,176 

(15,800)

4,302 

993,498 

90,591 

24,489 

$

538,433 

$

570,145 

$

1,108,578 

Our goodwill was impacted by the final valuations of our acquisitions, and the foreign currency translation related to 
the goodwill balances of our foreign subsidiaries with functional currencies that are different than our reporting currency. The 
goodwill additions relate to our fiscal 2021 acquisitions. The purchase price allocations for our fiscal 2021 acquisitions of CRD, 
IRM, KZN and HLE are preliminary and subject to adjustment based upon the final determinations of the net assets acquired 
and information to perform the final valuations.  

74 

We  perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the  beginning of our  fiscal fourth quarter. Our last review at 
June 28, 2021 (i.e. the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 2021), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of 
our  reporting  units  had  estimated  fair  values  that  were  in  excess  of  their  carrying  values,  including  goodwill.  We  had  no 
reporting units that had estimated fair values that exceeded their carrying values by less than 150%.  

 We also regularly evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in 
the recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim goodwill impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events 
and  circumstances  have  occurred,  such  as  a  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions;  an  increase  in  the  competitive 
environment; a change in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; negative or declining cash flows; or a decline in 
actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. Although we believe 
that our estimates of fair value for these reporting units are reasonable, if financial performance for these reporting units falls 
significantly below our expectations or market prices for similar business decline, the goodwill for these reporting units could 
become impaired.  

On  September  2,  2020, Australia  announced  that  it  had  fallen  into  economic  recession,  defined  as  two  consecutive 
quarters of negative growth, for the first time since 1991 including 7% negative growth in the quarter ending in June 2020. This 
prompted a strategic review of our Asia/Pacific ("ASP") reporting unit. As a result of the economic recession in Australia, our 
revenue growth and profit margin forecasts for the ASP reporting unit declined from the previous forecast used for our annual 
goodwill  impairment  review  as  of  June  29,  2020.  We  also  performed  an  interim  goodwill  impairment  review  of  our  ASP 
reporting unit in September 2020 and recorded a $15.8 million goodwill impairment charge. The impaired goodwill related to 
our acquisitions of Coffey International Limited and NDY. As a result of the impairment charge, the estimated fair value of our 
ASP reporting unit equaled its carrying value of $144.9 million, including  $95.5 million of goodwill, at September 27, 2020. 
On September 28, 2020 (the first day of our fiscal 2021), we  merged our former ASP reporting unit into our Client Account 
Management reporting unit.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we performed an interim goodwill impairment review of our Remediation and 
Field Services ("RFS") reporting unit and recorded a $7.8 million goodwill impairment charge. As a result of the impairment 
charge,  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  RFS  reporting  unit  equaled  its  carrying  value  of  $61 million  at  September  29,  2019, 
including the remaining $48.8 million of goodwill.  

The gross amounts of goodwill for GSG were $556.1 million and $534.0 million at fiscal 2021 and 2020 year-ends, 
respectively, excluding accumulated impairment of $17.7 million for each period. The gross amounts of goodwill for CIG were 
$691.6  million  and  $598.7  million  at  fiscal  2021  and  2020  year-ends,  respectively,  excluding  accumulated  impairment  of 
$121.5 million for each period. 

The  following  table  presents  the  gross  amount  and  accumulated  amortization  of  our  acquired  identifiable  intangible 

assets with finite useful lives included in "Intangible assets, net" on the consolidated balance sheets: 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3, 2021

September 27, 2020

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Amount

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Amount

($ in thousands)

Client relations

Backlog

Technology and trade 
names

Total

7.3

0.7

3.8

$

69,455 

$

(43,984)

$ 25,471 

$

60,775 

$

(53,392)

$ 7,383

34,577 

(30,670)

3,907 

37,682 

(32,761)

4,921 

14,939 

(6,327)

8,612 

7,964 

(6,325)

1,639 

$

118,971 

$

(80,981)

$ 37,990 

$

106,421 

$

(92,478)

$ 13,943

Amortization  expense  for  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  for  fiscal  2021, 2020  and  2019  was  $11.5  million,  $11.6 

million and $11.6 million, respectively. Foreign currency translation adjustments were immaterial for fiscal 2021 and 2020.  

75 

Estimated amortization expense for the succeeding five fiscal years and beyond is as follows: 

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Beyond

Total

7.           Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consisted of the following: 

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Total property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

Amount
(in thousands)

$

9,664 

7,591 

4,983 

4,348 

3,967 

7,437 

$

37,990 

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

$

$

94,780 

$

36,462 

131,242 

(93,509)

37,733 

$

90,942 

34,569 

125,511 

(90,004)

35,507 

The depreciation expense  related to property and equipment was $12.3 million, $13.0  million and $17.3 million for 

fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  

8.           Income Taxes 

Income before income taxes, by geographic area, was as follows: 

Income before income taxes:

United States

Foreign

Total income before income taxes

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands)

September 29,
2019

$

$

211,222 

55,648 

266,870 

$

$

209,443 

18,548 

227,991 

$

$

185,535

(10,399)

175,136

76 

Income tax expense consisted of the following: 

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current income tax expense

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total deferred income tax (benefit) expense

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands)

September 29,
2019

$

41,056 

$

24,102 

$

9,893 

18,887 

69,836 

(6,034)

(2,060)

(27,703)

(35,797)

6,872 

20,398 

51,372 

2,187 

870 

(328)

2,729 

30,051

8,923 

15,016 

53,990 

(9,108)

(1,195)

(27,312)

(37,615)

Total income tax expense

$

34,039 

$

54,101 

$

16,375

Total income tax expense was different from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to pre-

tax income as follows: 

Tax at federal statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit

Research and Development ("R&D") credits

Tax differential on foreign earnings

Non-taxable foreign interest income

Goodwill

Stock compensation

Valuation allowance

Change in uncertain tax positions

Return to provision

Disallowed officer compensation

Cash repatriation

Unremitted earnings

Revaluation of deferred taxes

Deferred tax adjustments

Transition taxes on foreign earnings

Other

Total income tax expense

October 3,
2021
21.0%
2.3

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
21.0%
2.7

September 29,
2019
21.0%
3.3

(2.6)

0.9

(1.0)

—

(3.3)

(9.3)

1.7

(3.7)

2.0

2.1

1.0

—

0.8

—

0.9

(2.2)

0.7

(1.1)

1.5

(2.2)

1.6

0.4

0.8

0.2

—

—

—

(1.3)

—

1.6

12.8%

23.7%

(4.7)

1.0

(1.7)

0.9

(2.4)

(13.5)

2.4

(0.2)

0.2

—

—

(1.4)

(0.4)

1.4

3.4

9.3%

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 were 12.8%, 23.7% and 9.3%, respectively. Our fiscal 2021 and 
2019  effective  tax  rates  reflect  non-recurring  net  tax  benefits  of  $21.6 million  and  $22.3 million,  respectively,  primarily 
consisting of valuation allowances in the United Kingdom and Australia that were released due to sufficient positive evidence 
being obtained in the respective years. The valuation allowances were primarily related to net operating loss and research and 
development credit carry-forwards and other temporary differences. We  evaluated the positive evidence  against any negative 
evidence  and determined that it was more likely than not that  the  deferred tax assets would be  realized. The primary  factors 
used to assess the likelihood of realization were the past performance of the related entities and our forecast of future taxable 

77 

income. The goodwill impairment charges in fiscal 2020 and 2019 and certain of the transaction charges in fiscal 2019 did not 
have  related  tax  benefits.  Also,  income  tax  expense  was  reduced  by  $12.9 million,  $8.3 million,  $6.4 million  of  excess  tax 
benefits on share-based payments in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.   

Excluding the impact of the valuation allowance releases, non-deductible goodwill impairment charges and transaction 
costs, and the excess tax benefits on share-based payments our effective tax rates in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019 were 25.7%, 
25.6%, and 24.6% respectively.

We are currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for fiscal year 2018, the Canada Revenue Agency 
for fiscal  years  2011  through  2016,  and  the  California  Franchise Tax  Board  for  fiscal  years  2014  through 2016. We  are  also 
subject to various other state audits. 

Temporary differences comprising the net deferred income tax asset shown on the accompanying consolidated balance 

sheets were as follows: 

Deferred Tax Assets:

State taxes

Reserves and contingent liabilities

Accounts receivable including the allowance for doubtful accounts

Accrued liabilities

Lease liabilities, operating leases

Stock-based compensation

Loss carry-forwards

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

Unbilled revenue

Prepaid expense

Right-of-use assets, operating leases

Intangibles

Undistributed earnings

Property and equipment

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

$

1,342 

$

6,662 

5,917 

41,657 

60,181 

3,560 

54,825 

(13,040)

161,104 

(5,595)

(8,136)

(60,181)

(40,121)

(3,136)

(85)

(117,254)

1,146

6,262 

6,283 

28,223 

66,941 

5,905 

43,475 

(24,395)

133,840 

(14,451)

(5,967)

(66,941)

(29,130)

— 

(1,615)

(118,104)

$

43,850 

$

15,736

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we repatriated approximately $80 million from Canada and recognized a related 
tax  expense  of  $5.6 million.  At  this  time,  we  also  determined  that  our  remaining  undistributed  earnings  in  Canada  of 
approximately  $20.1 million  are  no  longer  being  indefinitely  reinvested  and  recorded  an  additional  deferred  tax 
liability/expense  of  $3.1 million.  At  October  3,  2021,  undistributed  earnings  of  our  other  foreign  subsidiaries,  primarily  in 
Australia  and  the  U.K.  of  approximately  $50.9 million  are  expected  to  be  indefinitely  reinvested  in  these  foreign  countries. 
Accordingly, no provision for foreign withholding taxes has been made. Assuming the indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings 
were  repatriated  under  the  laws  and  rates  applicable  at  October  3,  2021,  the  incremental  taxes  applicable  to  those  earnings 
would not be material. 

At  October  3,  2021,  we  had  available  unused  state  net  operating  loss  ("NOL")  carry  forwards  of $43.7  million  that 
expire at various dates from 2024 to 2037; and available foreign NOL carry forwards of $165.5 million, of which $14.7 million 
expire at various dates from 2024 to 2041, and $150.8 million have no expiration date. In addition, we had foreign capital loss 
carryforwards of $21.5 million and foreign research and development credits of $3.9 million that do not have expiration dates. 
We have performed an assessment of positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of the deferred tax assets. This 
assessment  included  the  evaluation  of  scheduled  reversals  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  availability  of  carrybacks,  cumulative 

78 

losses  in  recent  years,  estimates  of  projected  future  taxable  income,  and  tax  planning  strategies. Although  realization  is  not 
assured, based on our assessment, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized except for the 
deferred tax assets related to the loss carry-forwards for which a valuation allowance of $13.0 million has been provided.

At October 3, 2021, we had $12.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which, if recognized, would affect our 
effective  tax  rate.  It  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  amount  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  with  respect  to  certain  of  our 
unrecognized  tax  positions  may  significantly decrease  in  the  next 12 months. These  changes  would  be  the  result  of ongoing 
examinations. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Beginning balance

Additions for current year tax positions

Additions for prior year tax positions

Reductions for prior year tax positions

Settlements

Ending balance

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands)

September 29,
2019

$

9,228 

$

9,169 

$

2,171 

1,500 

— 

— 

700 

— 

(641)

— 

$

12,899 

$

9,228 

$

8,328

1,342 

356 

(100)

(757)

9,169

We recognize potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During fiscal 
years  2021,  2020  and  2019,  we  accrued  additional  interest  and  penalties  of  $0.8  million,  $0.8  million  and  $2.6  million, 
respectively,  and recorded reductions in  accrued interest and  penalties  of $0,  $0 and $0.2 million, respectively, as a  result of 
audit  settlements  and  other  prior-year  adjustments.  The  amount  of  interest  and  penalties  accrued  at  October 3,  2021, 
September 27, 2020 and September 29, 2019 was $5.2 million, $4.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

9.           Long-Term Debt  

Long-term debt consisted of the following: 

Credit facilities

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

Long-term debt

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

$

$

212,500 

(12,500)

200,000 

$

$

291,659

(49,264)

242,395

On July 30, 2018, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amended Credit Agreement”) 
with a total borrowing capacity of $1 billion that will mature in July 2023. The Amended Credit Agreement is a $700 million 
senior  secured,  five-year  facility  that  provides  for  a  $250  million  term  loan  facility  (the  “Amended  Term  Loan  Facility”),  a 
$450  million  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Amended  Revolving  Credit  Facility”),  and  a  $300  million  accordion  feature  that 
allows us to increase the Amended Credit Agreement to $1 billion subject to lender approval. The Amended Credit Agreement 
allows us to, among other things, (i) refinance indebtedness under our Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2013; (ii) finance 
certain permitted open market repurchases of our common stock, permitted acquisitions, and cash dividends and distributions; 
and  (iii)  utilize  the  proceeds  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures  and  other  general  corporate  purposes.  The Amended 
Revolving Credit Facility includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $20 million sublimit 
for swingline loans, and a $200 million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit. 

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on July 30, 2018. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to 
quarterly amortization of principal at 5% annually beginning December 31, 2018. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) 
a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or 
the Eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. In each case, the applicable margin 
is  based  on  our  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio,  calculated  quarterly. The Amended Term  Loan  Facility  is  subject  to  the  same 
interest rate provisions. The Amended Credit Agreement expires on July 30, 2023, or earlier at our discretion upon payment in 
full of loans and other obligations. 

79 

At October 3, 2021, we had $212.5 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was comprised of $212.5 million under the Amended Term Loan Facility and no borrowings outstanding under the Amended 
Revolving Credit Facility.  The weighted-average interest rate of the outstanding borrowings during fiscal 2021 was 1.25%. In 
addition, we had $0.7 million in standby letters of credit under the Amended Credit Agreement. Our weighted-average interest 
rate on borrowings outstanding during fiscal 2021 under the Amended Credit Agreement, including the effects of interest rate 
swap agreements described in Note 14, “Derivative Financial Instruments” of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" 
included in Item 8, was 3.30%. At October 3, 2021, we had $449.3 million of available credit under the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. 

The  Amended  Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants,  and  customary  events  of 
default.  The  financial  covenants  provide  for  a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  3.00  to  1.00  (total  funded 
debt/EBITDA, as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 
1.00  (EBITDA/Consolidated  Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the 
Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) 
the  equity  interests  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  including  those  subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers  under  the 
Amended  Credit Agreement,  and  (ii)  the  accounts  receivable,  general  intangibles  and  intercompany  loans,  and  those  of  our 
subsidiaries  that  are  guarantors  or  borrowers.  At  October 3,  2021,  we  were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  with  a 
consolidated leverage ratio of 0.87x and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of 26.38x.  

In  addition  to  the  Amended  Credit  Agreement,  we  maintain  other  credit  facilities,  which  may  be  used  for  bank 
overdrafts, short-term cash advances and bank guarantees. At October 3, 2021, there were no amounts outstanding under these 
facilities and the aggregate amount of standby letters of credit outstanding was $53.4 million. As of October 3, 2021 we had no 
bank overdrafts related to our disbursement bank accounts.  

The following table presents scheduled maturities of our long-term debt: 

2022
2023

Total

10.         Leases 

Amount

(in thousands)

12,500 
200,000 

212,500 

$

We  adopted  Leases  (Topic  842),  effective  September  30,  2019  (the  first  day  of  our  fiscal  2020)  using  the  modified 
retrospective transition approach. Results for reporting periods beginning after the adoption date are presented under Topic 842, 
while prior  period amounts are  not adjusted and continue  to be presented in accordance with our historical accounting under 
ASC 840.

Our operating leases are primarily for corporate and project office spaces. To a much lesser extent, we have operating 
leases  for  vehicles  and  equipment.  Our  operating  leases  have  remaining  lease  terms  of  one  month  to  twelve  years,  some  of 
which may include options to extend the leases for up to five years.  

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease ROU assets 
and  current  and  long-term  operating  lease  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Our  finance  leases  are  primarily  for 
certain  IT  equipment.  The  related  ROU  assets  and  lease  liabilities  were  immaterial,  and  are  included  in  "Property  and 
equipment, net", "Other current liabilities" and "Other long-term liabilities", accordingly, in the consolidated balance sheets. 

ROU  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our 
obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.  Operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at 
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an 
implicit rate, incremental borrowing rates are used based on  the information available at commencement date in determining 
the  present  value  of  lease  payments.  The  operating  lease  ROU  asset  at  the  commencement  date  also  includes  any  lease 
payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date and initial direct costs less lease incentives received. Lease 
terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease 
expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

80 

The components of lease costs are as follows:

Operating lease cost

Sublease income

Other

Total lease cost

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows: 

Operating cash flows for operating leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 

Supplemental balance sheet and other information related to leases are as follows: 

Operating leases:

Right-of-use assets

Lease liabilities:

Current

Long-term

Total operating lease liabilities

Weighted-average remaining lease term:

Operating leases

Weighted-average discount rate:

Operating leases

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

91,076 

$

(106)

— 

87,348

(2,216)

72

90,970 

$

85,204

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

81,943 

72,076 

$

$

80,289

317,587

$

$

$

$

Fiscal Year Ended

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

$

$

$

215,422 

67,452 

174,285 

241,737 

$

$

$

239,396 

69,650 

191,955

261,605 

5 years

5 years

2.2 %

2.5 %

81 

As of October 3, 2021, we do not have any material additional operating leases that have not yet commenced.  

A  maturity  analysis  of  the  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  associated  with  our  operating  lease  liabilities  as  of 

October 3, 2021 is as follows:

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Beyond

Total lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Total present value of lease liabilities

Amount
(in thousands)

$

71,913

55,528

40,512

29,521

19,643

40,119

257,236
(15,499)

$

241,737

Rental  expense  for  operating  leases  classified  under  ASC  840  for  fiscal  2019  was  $79.3 million,  and  was 

predominantly recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses. 

11.         Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation Plans 

At October 3, 2021, we had the following stock-based compensation plans: 

•

•

•

•

2005 Equity Incentive Plan.  Key employees and non-employee directors may be granted equity awards, including 
stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units ("RSUs"). Options granted before March 6, 2006 vested at 
25% on the first  anniversary of the grant date, and the  balance vests monthly thereafter, such that these options 
become fully vested no later than four years from the date of grant. These options expire no later than ten years 
from the date of grant. Options granted on and after March 6, 2006 vest at 25% on each anniversary of the grant 
date. These options expire no later than eight years from the grant date. RSUs granted to date vest at 25% on each 
anniversary of the grant date. 

2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan  ("2015  EIP").  Key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  equity 
awards,  including  stock  options,  performance  share  units  ("PSUs")  and  RSUs.  Shares  issued  with  respect  to 
awards granted under the 2015 EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as 
"full value awards", are counted against the 2015 EIP's aggregate share limit as three shares for every share or unit 
actually issued. No awards have been made under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan since the adoption of the 2018 
Equity Incentive Plan on March 8, 2018 described below.  

2018  Equity  Incentive  Plan  ("2018  EIP").  Key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  equity 
awards, including stock options,  PSUs and RSUs. Shares issued with respect to awards  granted under the 2018 
EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as "full value awards", are counted 
against the 2018 EIP's aggregate share limit as one share for every share or unit issued. At October 3, 2021, there 
were 2.3 million shares available for future awards pursuant to the 2018 EIP. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP").  Purchase rights to purchase common stock are granted to our eligible 
full  and  part-time  employees,  and  shares  of  common  stock  are  issued  upon  exercise  of  the  purchase  rights. An 
aggregate of 487,023 shares may be issued pursuant to such exercise. The maximum amount that an employee can 
contribute during a purchase right period is $5,000. The exercise price of a purchase right is the lesser of 100% of 
the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first day of the purchase right period (the business day 
preceding January 1) or 85% of the fair market value on the last day of the purchase right period (December 15, or 
the business day preceding December 15 if December 15 is not a business day). 

82 

The following table presents our stock-based compensation and related income tax benefits: 

Total stock-based compensation

Income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands)

September 29,
2019

$

$

23,067 

(4,910)

18,157 

$

$

19,424 

(4,318)

15,106 

$

$

17,618 

(4,016)

13,602 

We  recognize  the  fair  value  of  our  stock-based  awards  as  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
requisite service period in which the award vests. Most of these amounts were included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses on our consolidated statements of income.

Stock Options 

The following table presents our stock option activity for fiscal year ended October 3, 2021:

Number of
Options
(in thousands)

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
per Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

Outstanding on September 27, 2020

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at October 3, 2021

Vested or expected to vest at October 3, 2021

Exercisable on October 3, 2021

539 
(324)

(1)

214 

214 

179 

$

$

$

$

36.34 
34.70 

40.80 

38.80 

38.80 

37.05 

4.95

4.95

4.72

$

$

$

24,149 

24,149 

20,600 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between our closing 
stock  price  on  the  last  trading  day  of  fiscal  2021  and  the  exercise  price,  times  the  number  of  shares)  that  would  have  been 
received by the in-the-money option holders if they had exercised their options on October 3, 2021. This amount will change 
based  on  the  fair  market  value  of  our  stock.  At  October 3,  2021,  we  expect  to  recognize  $0.1  million  of  unrecognized 
compensation cost related to stock option grants over a weighted-average period of one year.

No stock options were granted in fiscal 2021 and 2020. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 

2021, 2020 and 2019 was $29.4 million, $22.4 million and $20.4 million, respectively.

Net  cash proceeds from the  exercise  of stock  options  were $11.3 million, $10.3 million and $11.8 million for fiscal 
2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our policy is to issue shares from our authorized shares upon the exercise of stock options. 
The actual income tax benefit realized from exercises of nonqualified stock options and disqualifying dispositions of qualified 
options for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $12.9 million, $8.3 million and $6.4 million, respectively.

RSU and PSU  

RSU awards are granted to our key employee and non-employee directors. The fair value of the RSU was determined 
at the date of grant using the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of grant. All of the RSUs have time-
based vesting over a four-year period, except that RSUs awarded to directors vest after one year. The total compensation cost of 
the awards is then amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis.

PSU awards are granted to our executive officers and non-employee directors. All of the PSUs are performance-based 
and vest, if at all, after the conclusion of the three-year performance period.  The number of PSUs that ultimately vest is based 
on 50% growth in our EPS and 50% on our relative total shareholder return over the vesting period. For these performance-
based awards, our expected performance is reviewed to estimate the percentage of shares that will vest. The total compensation 
cost of the awards is then amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis. 

83 

A summary of the RSU and PSU activity under our stock plans is as follows:

RSU

PSU

Nonvested balance at September 30, 2018

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at September 29, 2019

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at September 27, 2020

Granted

Vested
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at October 3, 2021

Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

488 

179 

(180)

— 

(17)

470 

168 

(178)

— 

(16)

444 

118 

(167)

— 

(14)

381 

$

$

39.56

66.26 

36.95 

— 

48.56 

50.42 
83.92 

46.87 

— 

65.43 

63.93 
122.02

59.64 

— 

77.74 

83.30

Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

323 

$

90 

(108)

79 

— 

384 

74 

(162)

64 

(5)

355 

58 

(193)

99 

(1)

318 

$

Weighted-
Average 
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

44.27

80.41 

31.63 

31.63 

— 

53.67 
99.85 

47.28 

48.36 

83.98 

64.83 
153.03 

57.40 

57.40 

74.05 

82.96

(1)    For  fiscal 2019, includes a  payout  adjustment of  79,465  PSUs due to the  actual  performance  level achieved  for  PSUs granted in  fiscal 2016  that vested 
during fiscal 2019. For fiscal 2020 includes a payout adjustment of 63,643 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2017 
that vested during fiscal 2020. For fiscal 2021 includes a payout adjustment of 99,214 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in 
fiscal 2018 that vested during fiscal 2021.

During fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, we awarded 117,934, 167,525 and 179,478 shares of RSUs, respectively, to our 
key employees and non-employee directors. The  weighted-average  grant-date fair value of  RSUs granted during fiscal  2021, 
2020 and 2019 was $122.02, $83.92 and $66.26, respectively. At October 3, 2021, there were 380,631 RSUs outstanding. RSU 
forfeitures  result  from  employment  terminations  prior  to  vesting.  Forfeited  shares  return  to  the  pool  of  authorized  shares 
available for award. We use historical data as a basis to estimate the probability of forfeitures related to RSUs and the ESPP 
Plan.

During  fiscal  2021,  2020  and  2019,  we  awarded  57,542,  74,011  and  89,816  shares  of  PSUs,  respectively,  to  our 
executive officers and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of PSUs granted during fiscal 2021, 
2020 and 2019 was $153.03, $99.85 and $80.41, respectively.

The stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs and PSUs for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $20.9 million, 
$17.7  million  and  $15.4  million,  respectively,  and  was  included  in  total  stock-based  compensation  expense.   At  October 3, 
2021, there was $31.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to nonvested RSUs and PSUs that will 
be substantially recognized by the end of fiscal 2023.

84 

ESPP 

The  following  table  summarizes  shares  purchased,  weighted-average  purchase  price,  and  cash  received  for  shares 

purchased under the ESPP:

Shares purchased

Weighted-average purchase price per share

Cash received from exercise of purchase rights

Fiscal Year Ended
September 29,
September 27,
October 3,
2019
2020
2021
(in thousands, except for purchase price)

124

86.16 

10,705 

$

$

$

$

168 

51.77 

8,715 

$

$

148 

46.38 

6,844 

The grant date fair value of each award granted under the ESPP was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 

model with the following assumptions:

Dividend yield
Expected stock price volatility

Risk-free rate of return, annual

Expected life (in years)

October 3,
2021
1.0%

47.9%

0.1%

1

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
1.0%

September 29,
2019
1.0%

26.5%

1.6%

1

26.7%

2.6%

1

For  fiscal  2021,  2020  and  2019,  we  based  our  expected  stock  price  volatility  on  historical  volatility  behavior  and 
current  implied  volatility  behavior.  The  risk-free  rate  of  return  was  based  on  constant  maturity  rates  provided  by  the  U.S. 
Treasury. The expected life was based on the ESPP terms and conditions.

Stock-based  compensation  expense  for  fiscal  2021,  2020  and  2019  included  $2.0  million,  $1.2  million  and  $0.9 
million, respectively, related to the ESPP. The unrecognized stock-based compensation costs for awards granted under the ESPP 
at fiscal 2021 and 2020 year-ends were $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively. At October 3, 2021, ESPP participants had 
accumulated $10.8 million to purchase our common stock.

85 

12.         Retirement Plans 

We  have  defined  contribution  plans  in  various  countries  where  we  have  employees.  This  primarily  includes  401(k) 
plans in the United States. For fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, employer contributions to the U.S. plans were $26.9 million, $25.0 
million and $23.3 million, respectively.

Additionally,  we  have  established  a  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan  for  certain  key  employees  and  non-
employee  directors. These  eligible  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  elect  to  defer  the  receipt  of  salary,  incentive 
payments, restricted stock, PSU and RSU awards, and non-employee director fees. The plan is accounted for in accordance with 
applicable authoritative guidance on accounting for deferred compensation arrangements where amounts earned are held in a 
rabbi trust and invested. Employee deferrals are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual 
variable life insurance contracts that we own and are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. At 
October 3,  2021  and  September 27,  2020,  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  reflect  assets  of  $41.4  million  and  $35.1  million, 
respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan in "Other long-term assets," and liabilities of $41.1 million and $35.0 
million, respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan in "Other long-term liabilities."  The net gains and losses related 
to  the  deferred  compensation  plan  are  reported  as  part  of “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  in our  consolidated 
statements of income. These related net gains and losses were immaterial for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019.  

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  HLE  in  fiscal  2021,  we  assumed  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  (the  “Plan”), 
which HLE operates for all qualifying employees. The assets of the Plan are held in a separate trustee administered fund. The 
Plan was closed to new entrants in August 2003, except for current employees who had not attained the age of 24 at that date. 
The Plan was closed to future accrual on December 31, 2009. Under the agreed schedule of contributions, HLE will make no 
further contributions, and is to pay the expenses of administering the plan.

The change in the defined benefit obligation, the change in fair value of plan assets, and the amounts recognized in the 
Consolidated Statement of Income, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and the Consolidated Statements of 
Shareholders’ Equity for the period from July 26, 2021 (acquisition date of HLE) to October 3, 2021 were immaterial.

The Plan's funded status at October 3, 2021 was as follows:

Fair value of plan assets

Benefit obligation

Net surplus

$

$

65,836

(64,830)

1,006

The net surplus is reflected in other long-term assets on our consolidated balance sheet at October 3, 2021.

The fair values of the plan assets are substantially categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. As of October 

3, 2021, the fair values of the plan assets by major asset categories were as follows (in 000’s): 

Equities

Mutual funds

Liability driven investment funds

Cash/other

Fair value of plan assets

$

$

13,646

33,826 

17,653 

711 

65,836

We  seek  a  competitive  rate  of  return  relative  to  an  appropriate  level  of  risk  depending  on  the  funded  status  and 
obligations  of  each  plan  and  typically  employ  both  active  and  passive  investment  management  strategies.  The  risk  in  our 
practices  include  diversification  across  asset  classes  and  investment  styles  and  periodic  rebalancing  toward  asset  allocation 
targets. The target asset allocation selected for each plan reflects a risk/return profile that we believe is appropriate relative to 
each plan’s liability structure and return goals.   

Principal assumptions used for the benefit obligation in the valuation at October 3, 2021 are as follows:

Discount rate

Rate of inflation

13.         Earnings per Share 

2.00%

2.85% to 3.50% 

The following table sets forth the number of weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted EPS: 

86 

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands, except per share data)

September 29,
2019

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

$

232,810

$

173,859 

$

158,668

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic
Effect of diluted stock options and unvested restricted stock

Weighted-average common stock outstanding – diluted

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

54,078
597 

54,675 

54,235
787 

55,022 

54,986
950 

55,936 

$

$

4.31

4.26

$

$

3.21 

3.16

$

$

2.89

2.84

For fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, no options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive potential common shares.  

14.         Derivative Financial Instruments 

We often use certain interest rate derivative contracts to hedge interest rate exposures on our variable rate debt. Also, 
we  may  enter  into  foreign  currency  derivative  contracts  with  financial  institutions  to  reduce  the  risk  that  cash  flows  and 
earnings could adversely be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Our hedging program is not designated for 
trading or speculative purposes. 

We recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at 
fair value. We record changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the derivatives that have been designated as cash flow 
hedges in our consolidated balance sheets as accumulated other comprehensive income, and in our consolidated statements of 
income for those derivatives designated as fair value hedges. The derivative contracts to hedge interest exposure are categorized 
within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. 

In fiscal 2018, we  entered into five interest rate swap agreements that  we designated as cash flow  hedges to fix the 
interest rates on the borrowings under our term loan facility. As of October 3, 2021, the notional principal of our outstanding 
interest swap agreements was $212.5 million ($42.5 million each.) The interest rate swaps have a fixed interest rate of 2.79% 
and  expire  in  July  2023  for  all  five  agreements. At  October 3,  2021  and  September 27,  2020,  the  fair  value  of  the  effective 
portion of our interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges before tax effect was $(9.4) million and $(15.5) 
million,  respectively,  of  which  we  expect  to  reclassify  $5.4  million  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  to  interest 
expense within the next 12 months. 

The fair values of our outstanding derivatives designated as hedging instruments were as follows: 

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value of Derivative
Instruments as of

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

Interest rate swap agreements

Other current liabilities

$

9,394 

$

15,512 

Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swap  agreements  are  presented  on  the  consolidated  statements  of 

comprehensive income as follows: 

(Loss) gain recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax

Interest rate swap agreements

6,117 

(4,638)

(12,125)

October 3, 
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27, 
2020
(in thousands)

September 29, 
2019

87 

There  were  no  ineffective  portions  of  derivative  instruments.  Accordingly,  no  amounts  were  excluded  from 
effectiveness testing for our interest rate swap agreements. We had no other derivative instruments that were not designated as 
hedging instruments for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

15.         Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The accumulated balances and reporting period activities for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 related to reclassifications out 

of accumulated other comprehensive income are summarized as follows: 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Gain (Loss)
on Derivative
Instruments

(in thousands)

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Balances at September 30, 2018

$

(128,602)

$

1,252

$

(127,350)

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

(21,109)

(11,247)

(32,356)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive loss

— 

(21,109)

(878)

(12,125)

(878)

(33,234)

Balances at September 29, 2019

$

(149,711)

$

(10,873)

$

(160,584)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

3,436 

— 

3,436 

(599)

2,837 

(4,039)

(4,638)

(4,039)

(1,202)

Balances at September 27, 2020

$

(146,275)

$

(15,511)

$

(161,786)

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

30,641

12,175

42,816

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income

— 

30,641 

(6,058)

6,117 

(6,058)

36,758 

Balances at October 3, 2021

$

(115,634)

$

(9,394)

$

(125,028)

(1)    This accumulated other comprehensive component is reclassified to "Interest expense" in our consolidated statements of income. See Note 14, "Derivative 
Financial Instruments", for more information.

16.         Fair Value Measurements 

Derivative  Instruments.     Our derivative instruments are categorized within  Level  2 of the  fair value  hierarchy. For 
additional  information  about  our  derivative  financial  instruments  (see  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and  Preparation"  and 
Note 14, "Derivative Financial Instruments").

Contingent  Consideration.    We  measure  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  using 
significant  unobservable  inputs  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  (see  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and 
Preparation" and Note 5, "Acquisitions" for further information).

Debt.    The  fair  value  of  long-term  debt  was  determined  using  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  based  on  the 
borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities (Level 2 measurement). The carrying value of our 
long-term debt approximated fair value at October 3, 2021 and September 27, 2020. At October 3, 2021, we had borrowings of 
$212.5 million outstanding under our Amended Credit Agreement, which were used to fund our business acquisitions, working 
capital needs, stock repurchases, dividends, capital expenditures and contingent earn-outs.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan.    The fair values of the plan assets are primarily categorized within Level 2 of the fair 

value hierarchy. For additional information about our defined benefit pension plan (see Note 12, "Retirement Plans").

88 

17.         Commitments and Contingencies 

We are subject to certain claims and lawsuits typically filed against the consulting and engineering profession, alleging 
primarily professional errors or omissions. We carry professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and policy 
limits, against such claims. However, in some actions, parties are seeking damages that exceed our insurance coverage or for 
which we are not insured. While management does not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse 
effect, individually or in aggregate, on our financial  position,  results of operations or cash flows, management  acknowledges 
the uncertainty surrounding the ultimate resolution of these matters. 

On July 15, 2019, following an initial January 14, 2019 filing, the Civil Division of the United States Attorney's Office 
filed an amended complaint in intervention in three qui tam actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech EC, Inc. ("TtEC"), 
in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges False Claims Act violations and breach 
of  contract  related  to  TtEC's  contracts  to  perform  environmental  remediation  services  at  the  former  Hunters  Point  Naval 
Shipyard in San Francisco, California. TtEC disputes the claims and will defend this matter vigorously. We are currently unable 
to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any. 

18.         Reportable Segments  

We manage our operations under two reportable segments. Our GSG reportable segment primarily includes activities 
with  U.S.  government  clients  (federal,  state  and  local)  and  all  activities  with  development  agencies  worldwide.  Our  CIG 
reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development 
agencies. Additionally, we continue to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM 
reportable segment.  

Our reportable segments are described as follows: 

GSG:    GSG  provides  consulting  and  engineering  services  primarily  to  U.S.  government  clients  (federal,  state  and 
local)  and  development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with  services  in 
water,  environment,  sustainable  infrastructure,  information  technology,  and  disaster  management.  GSG  also  provides 
engineering design services for U.S. municipal and commercial clients, especially in water infrastructure, solid waste, and high-
end  sustainable  infrastructure  designs.  GSG  also  leads  our  support  for  development  agencies  worldwide,  especially  in  the 
United States, United Kingdom, and Australia. 

CIG:    CIG  primarily  provides  consulting  and  engineering  services  to  U.S.  commercial  clients,  and  international 
clients that include both commercial and government sectors. CIG supports commercial clients across the Fortune 500, energy 
utilities, industrial, manufacturing, aerospace, and resource management markets. CIG also provides infrastructure and related 
environmental,  engineering  and  project  management  services  to  commercial  and  local  government  clients  across  Canada,  in 
Asia Pacific (primarily Australia and New Zealand), the United Kingdom, as well as Brazil and Chile. 

RCM:    We  continued  to  report  the  results  of  the  wind-down  of  our  non-core  construction  activities  in  the  RCM 
reportable  segment  for  fiscal  2021.  As  of  October 3,  2021,  there  was  no  remaining  backlog  for  RCM  as  all  projects  were 
complete.

Management evaluates the performance of these reportable segments based upon  their  respective segment operating 
income before the effect of amortization expense related to acquisitions, and other unallocated corporate expenses. We account 
for inter-segment revenues and transfers as if they were to third parties; that is, by applying a negotiated fee onto the costs of 
the services performed. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.  

89 

The following tables present summarized financial information of our reportable segments: 

Reportable Segments 

Revenue

GSG

CIG

RCM

Elimination of inter-segment revenue

Total revenue

Income from operations

GSG
CIG

RCM
Corporate (1)

$

$

$

October 3,
2021

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands)

September 29, 
2019

1,942,958 
1,325,668 

$

1,778,922 
1,266,059 

$

1,820,671
1,342,509 

613 

(55,726)

198 

(50,288)

(1,542)

(54,290)

3,213,513 

$

2,994,891 

$

3,107,348

195,297 
131,720 

$

168,669 
114,022 

$

— 

— 

(48,316)

(41,600)

185,263
79,633 

(5,933)

(70,201)

188,762

Total income from operations

$

278,701 

$

241,091 

$

(1)        Includes  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  impairment  charges,  amortization  of  intangibles,  other  costs  and  other  income  not  allocable  to  segments.  The 
intangible asset amortization expense for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $11.5 million, $11.6 million and $11.6 million, respectively. Additionally, Corporate 
results included income (loss) for fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities of $3.3 million, $15.0 million and $(1.1) million for fiscal 2021, 
2020 and 2019, respectively. Corporate results in fiscal, 2020 and 2019 also included $15.8 million and $7.8 million goodwill impairment charges, respectively.  
See Note 6 - "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for more information.

Total Assets

GSG

CIG

RCM
Corporate (1)

Total assets

Balance at

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

$

$

604,366 
572,607 

11,360 

649,417 
479,238 

14,258 

1,388,229 

1,235,645 

$

2,576,562 

$

2,378,558 

(1)     Corporate assets consist of intercompany eliminations and assets not allocated to our reportable segments including goodwill, intangible assets, deferred 
income taxes and certain other assets.

Geographic Information

Revenue:

United States
Foreign countries (1)

Total 

October 3,
2021

2,256,086 

957,427 

Fiscal Year Ended
September 27,
2020
(in thousands)
2,107,459 
$

887,432 

3,213,513 

$

2,994,891 

$

$

September 29, 
2019

$

$

2,247,780 

859,568 

3,107,348 

90 

Long-lived assets (2): 

United States
Foreign countries (1)

Total 

Balance at

October 3,
2021

September 27,
2020

(in thousands)

$

$

215,689 

87,771 

303,460 

$

$

230,933 

108,348 

339,281 

(1)      Includes revenue and long-lived assets from our foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and revenue generated from 
non-U.S. clients. 
(2)     Excludes goodwill, intangible assets and deferred income taxes. 

Fiscal 2022 Reportable Segments

On the first day of fiscal 2022, we created a new High Performance Buildings division in our CIG reportable segment. 
As  a  result,  we  transferred  some  related  operations  in  our  GSG  reportable  segment  with  annual  revenue  of  approximately 
$170 million to our CIG reportable segment. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2022, our segment reporting will reflect this 
transfer and our historical comparisons will be revised to be consistent with the fiscal 2022 presentation. 

91 

19.         Related Party Transactions 

We  often  provide  services  to  unconsolidated  joint  ventures.  Our  revenue  related  to  services  we  provided  to 
unconsolidated joint ventures for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $95.5 million, $88.2 million and $99.1 million, respectively. 
Our  related  reimbursable  costs  for  fiscal  2021,  2020  and  2019  were  $92.4  million,  $86.4  million  and  $98.5  million, 
respectively. Our consolidated balance sheets also included the following amounts related to these services:

Accounts receivable, net

Contract assets

Contract liabilities

Balance at

October 3, 
2021

September 27, 
2020

(in thousands)

$

19,082 

$

20,884 

5,092 

3,026 

3,261 

478 

20.         Quarterly Financial Information – Unaudited 

In the opinion of management, the following unaudited quarterly data for the fiscal years ended October 3, 2021 and 

September 27, 2020 reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 we recognized a non-recurring net tax benefit of $21.6 million primarily consisting 

of valuation allowances in the United Kingdom that were released due to sufficient positive evidence being obtained. 

In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  we  incurred  incremental  costs  totaling  $8.2 million  to  address  the  COVID-19 
pandemic.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  we  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported 
related net gains in operating income of $13.5 million. Additionally, we recorded a $15.8 million goodwill impairment charge 
related  to  the ASP  reporting  unit,  which  is  in  our  CIG  segment.  We  sold  non-core  equipment  related  to  the  disposal  of  our 
Canadian turn-key pipeline activities throughout fiscal 2020 which resulted in gains of $0.8 million, $2.2 million, $4.5 million, 
and $1.0 million in the first, second, third, and fourth quarters of fiscal 2020, respectively. 

92 

Fiscal Year 2021

Revenue

Income from operations

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Fiscal Year 2020

Revenue

Income from operations

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(in thousands, except per share data)

$

$

$

$

$

$

765,104 
66,252 

52,436 

0.97 

0.96

53,927 

54,637

797,623 
63,302 

47,310 

0.87 

0.85

$

$

$

$

$

$

754,764
60,807 

45,517 

0.84

0.83

54,187 

54,736

734,133
47,530 

36,397 

0.67

0.66

$

$

$

$

$

$

801,633 
69,807 

51,903 

0.96 

0.95

54,117 

54,666

709,771 
63,525 

45,497 

0.84 

0.83

$

$

$

$

$

$

892,012 
81,836 

82,954 

1.54 

1.52

54,019 

54,597

753,364 
66,735 

44,654 

0.83 

0.82

54,560 

55,438

54,699 

55,463

53,985 

54,692

53,841 

54,603

93 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures and changes in internal control over financial reporting

At  October 3,  2021,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures. Based on our management's evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer), our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of 
the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act), were effective. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As 
defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rule 13a-15(f),  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  by,  or  under  the 
supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and 
other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal controls include those policies 
and  procedures  that  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets;  (ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our  management  and  directors;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on 
our  consolidated  financial  statements.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not 
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly,  even effective internal control over financial  reporting can only  provide reasonable 
assurance of achieving their control objectives. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at October 3, 2021, based on the 
criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Based upon this assessment, management has 
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at October 3, 2021. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audited  the  consolidated 
financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting. This report, 
dated November 24, 2021, appears on pages 55-56 of this Form 10-K. 

Consistent  with  the  guidance  issued  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  Staff,  management  has  excluded 
HLE,  which  we  acquired  on  July  26,  2021,  from  its  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of October 3, 2021. The total assets and revenue related to HLE, a wholly owned subsidiary, are approximately 2% 
and  less  than  1%,  respectively,  of  the  related  consolidated  financial  statement  amounts  as  of  and  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
October 3, 2021. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended October 3, 2021 

that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.    Other Information 

None. 

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

PART III 

The information required by this item relating to our directors and nominees, regarding compliance with Section 16(a) 
of the Exchange Act, and regarding our Audit Committee is included under the captions "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors" 
and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2022 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Pursuant  to  General  Instruction G  (3)  of  Form 10-K,  the  information  required by  this  item  relating  to  our  executive 

officers is included under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Report. 

94 

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer  and  all  members  of  our  finance 
department,  including  our  principal  financial  officer  and  principal  accounting  officer.  This  code  of  ethics,  entitled  "Finance 
Code of Professional Conduct," is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is www.tetratech.com, and the 
code of ethics may be found through a link to the Investor Relations section of our website. 

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K for any amendment to, or waiver from, a 

provision of this code of ethics by posting any such information on our website, at the address and location specified above. 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation  

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  included  under  the  captions  "Item  No. 1 –  Election  of  Directors"  and 
"Executive  Compensation  Tables"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2022  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters  

The information required by this item relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, and 
securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  equity  compensation  plans,  is  included  under  the  caption  "Security  Ownership  of 
Management and Significant Stockholders" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

The information required by this item relating to review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons is 
included  under  the  caption  "Related  Person  Transactions,"  and  the  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to  director 
independence is included under the caption "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors," in each case in our Proxy Statement related to 
the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  included  under  the  caption  "Item  No. 4 –  Ratification  of  Independent 
Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2022  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  

(a.)

1 Financial Statements

PART IV 

The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page54 is incorporated by reference as the list 
of financial statements required as part of this Report. 

2 Financial Statement Schedule

The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 54 is incorporated by reference as the list 
of financial statement schedules required as part of this Report. 

3 Exhibits

The exhibit list in the Index to Exhibits on pages 97 is incorporated by reference as the list of exhibits required as part 
of this Report. 

95 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES  

For the Fiscal Years Ended 
September 29, 2019, September 27, 2020 and October 3, 2021  
(in thousands) 

Allowance for doubtful accounts (1):

Fiscal 2019
Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2021

Income tax valuation allowance:

Fiscal 2019
Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2021

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Charged to
Costs and 
Expenses

Deductions (2) Other (3)

Balance at
End of Period

$

$

$

$

5,188 
10,562 

7,147 

21,479 
20,543 

24,395 

$

$

7,242 
1,472 

(4,130)

255 
3,852 

13,698 

(1,868)
(4,887)

— 
— 

195 

1,140 

(23,714)
— 

(26,059)

$ 22,523 
— 

1,006 

$

$

10,562 
7,147 

4,352 

20,543 
24,395 

13,040 

(1)       Reflects updated presentation of allowance for doubtful accounts to include expected credit losses in anticipation of our adoption of ASU 2016-13 in the 
first quarter of fiscal 2021.
(2)      Primarily  represents  write-offs  of  uncollectible  amounts,  net  of  recoveries  for  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.  The  income  tax  valuation  amount 
represents the release of valuation allowances in the United Kingdom and Canada in fiscal 2021 and Australia in fiscal 2019.
(3)     Includes loss in foreign jurisdictions, currency adjustments, and valuation allowance adjustments related to net operating loss carry-forwards.

96 

3.1  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Company's 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2009).

INDEX TO EXHIBITS  

3.2  Bylaws  of  the  Company  (amended  and  restated  as  of  April  2009)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 24, 2009), and amended as of November 7, 2016 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2016).

10.1  Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 30, 2018 among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada 
Holding  Corporation,  Coffey  UK  Limited,  Coffey  Services Australia  Pty.  Ltd.,  the  lenders  party  thereto  and  Bank  of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated August 1, 2018).

10.2  Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-

K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012).

10.3  2005 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended through November 7, 2011) (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy 

Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 28, 2012).*

10.4  First Amendment to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended through November 7, 2011) (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

10.5  2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders held on March 5, 2015).*

10.6  2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders held on March 8, 2018).*

10.7  Form  of  Indemnity  Agreement  entered  into  between  the  Company  and  each  of  its  directors  and  executive  officers 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.20  to  the  Company's Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
October 3, 2004).*

10.8  Amended  and  Restated  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  to  the  Company's 

Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2020).* 

10.9  Change of Control Severance Plan effective March 26, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 

Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2018).*

10.10  Executive  Compensation  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  November 14,  2013)  (incorporated  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

21. Subsidiaries of the Company.+

23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP).+ 

24. Power of Attorney (included on page 99 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

31.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a). Executive Officer Certification pursuant to 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

31.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

95. Mine Safety Disclosures.+ 

97 

101  The following financial information from our Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the period ended October 3, 
2021 , formatted in Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated 
Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Equity, 
(v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.+(1)

_______________________________________________________________________________ 

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory arrangement. 

+ Filed herewith.

(1) Pursuant  to  Rule 406T  of  Regulation S-T,  the  XBRL  related  information  in  Exhibit 101  to  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the 
liability of the section, and shall not be deemed part of a registration statement, prospectus or other document filed under 
the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filings. 

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary 

None.

98 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  Report  on 

Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: November 24, 2021

TETRA TECH, INC.

By:

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK

        Dan L. Batrack
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dan L. Batrack and 
Steven M. Burdick, jointly and severally, his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for such person, in any and all capacities, to sign any 
and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might do or could do in person, hereby ratifying and 
confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK
Dan L. Batrack

/s/ STEVEN M. BURDICK
Steven M. Burdick

/s/ BRIAN N. CARTER
Brian N. Carter

/s/ GARY R. BIRKENBEUEL
Gary R. Birkenbeuel

/s/ PATRICK C. HADEN
Patrick C. Haden

/s/ J. CHRISTOPHER LEWIS
J. Christopher Lewis

/s/ JOANNE M. MAGUIRE
Joanne M. Maguire

/s/ KIMBERLY E. RITRIEVI
Kimberly E. Ritrievi

/s/ J. KENNETH THOMPSON
J. Kenneth Thompson

/s/ KIRSTEN M. VOLPI
Kirsten M. Volpi

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

November 24, 2021

(Principal Executive Officer)

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

November 24, 2021

(Principal Financial Officer)

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller

November 24, 2021

(Principal Accounting Officer)

November 24, 2021

November 24, 2021

November 24, 2021

November 24, 2021

November 24, 2021

November 24, 2021

November 24, 2021

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

99 

COMPANY INFORMATION

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE LEADERSHIP

OPERATIONAL LEADERSHIP

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
Tetra Tech, Inc.

Gary R. Birkenbeuel
Retired Regional Assurance  
Managing Partner, Ernst & Young LLP

Patrick C. Haden
President, Wilson Avenue Consulting

J. Christopher Lewis
Managing Director,
RLH Equity Partners 

Joanne M. Maguire
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin Space

Kimberly E. Ritrievi
President, The Ritrievi Group LLC

J. Kenneth Thompson
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Pacific Star Energy, LLC

Kirsten M. Volpi
Executive Vice President, COO,  
CFO, and Treasurer, Colorado  
School of Mines

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Leslie L. Shoemaker
President

Steven M. Burdick
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer

William R. Brownlie
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Engineer

Brian N. Carter
Senior Vice President, Corporate 
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Craig L. Christensen
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

Preston Hopson 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Richard A. Lemmon
Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Administration

Brendan M. O’Rourke
Senior Vice President, 
Enterprise Risk Management

Derek G. Amidon
President, Commercial/International 
Services Group and President,  
Client Account Management Division

Roger R. Argus
President, Government  
Services Group and President,  
U.S. Government Division

Keith Brown
President, Global Development
Services Division

Stuart W. Fowler
President, High Performance  
Buildings Division

Jill M. Hudkins
President, Resilient and  
Sustainable Infrastructure Division

Bernard Teufele
President, Canada and  
South America Division

CHAIRMAN EMERITUS

Li-San Hwang
Former Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer, Tetra Tech, Inc.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Tetra Tech, Inc.
3475 East Foothill Boulevard 
Pasadena, California 91107-6024 USA

Telephone: +1 (626) 351-4664 
Fax: +1 (626) 351-5291
tetratech.com

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES
Telephone: +1 (626) 470-2844 
Email: investor.relations@tetratech.com 

TRANSFER AGENT AND 
REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, Kentucky 40233-5000 

Telephone: +1 (800) 962-4284

STOCK LISTING
The Company’s common stock is 
traded on the NASDAQ Global Select 
Market (Symbol: TTEK)